@phdthesis{Pfeifer2004,
  author    = {Pfeifer, Thomas},
  title     = {Adaptive control of coherent soft X-rays},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-9854},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2004},
  abstract  = {The availability of coherent soft x-rays through the nonlinear optical process of high-harmonic generation allows for the monitoring of the fastest events ever observed in the laboratory. The attosecond pulses produced are the fundamental tool for the time-resolved study of electron motion in atoms, molecules, clusters, liquids and solids in the future. However, in order to exploit the full potential of this new tool it is necessary to control the coherent soft x-ray spectra and to enhance the efficiency of conversion from laser light to the soft x-ray region in the harmonic-generation process. This work developed a comprehensive approach towards the optimization of the harmonic generation process. As this process represents a fundamental example of \emph{light}--\emph{matter} interaction there are two ways of controlling it: Shaping the generating laser \emph{light} and designing ideal states of \emph{matter} for the conversion medium. Either of these approaches was closely examined. In addition, going far beyond simply enhancing the conversion process it could be shown that the qualitative spectral response of the process can be modified by shaping the driving laser pulse. This opens the door to a completely new field of research: Optimal quantum control in the attosecond soft x-ray region---the realm of electron dynamics. In the same way as it is possible to control molecular or lattice vibrational dynamics with adaptively shaped femtosecond laser pulses these days, it will now be feasible to perform real-time manipulation of tightly bound electron motion with adaptively shaped attosecond light fields. The last part of this work demonstrated the capability of the herein developed technique of coherent soft-x-ray spectral shaping, where a measured experimental feedback was used to perform a closed-loop optimization of the interaction of shaped soft x-ray light with a sulfur hexafluoride molecule to arrive at different control objectives. For the optimization of the high-harmonic-generation process by engineering the conversion medium, both the gas phase and the liquid phase were explored both in experiment and theory. Molecular media were demonstrated to behave more efficiently than commonly used atomic targets when elliptically polarized driving laser pulses are applied. Theory predicted enhancement of harmonic generation for linearly polarized driving fields when the internuclear distance is increased. Reasons for this are identified as the increased overlap of the returning electron wavefunction due to molecular geometry and the control over the delocalization of the initial electronic state leading to less quantum-mechanical spreading of the electron wavepacket during continuum propagation. A new experimental scheme has been worked out, using the method of molecular wavepacket generation as a tool to enhance the harmonic conversion efficiency in `pump--drive' schemes. The latter was then experimentally implemented in the study of high-harmonic generation from water microdroplets. A transition between the dominant laser--soft-x-ray conversion mechanisms could be observed, identifying plasma-breakdown as the fundamental limit of high-density high-harmonic generation. Harmonics up to the 27th order were observed for optimally laser-prepared water droplets. To control the high-harmonic generation process by the application of shaped laser light fields a laser-pulse shaper based on a deformable membrane mirror was built. Pulse-shape optimization resulted in increased high-harmonic generation efficiency --- but more importantly the qualitative shape of the spectral response could be significantly modified for high-harmonic generation in waveguides. By adaptive optimization employing closed-loop strategies it was possible to selectively generate narrow (single harmonics) and broad bands of harmonic emission. Tunability could be demonstrated both for single harmonic orders and larger regions of several harmonics. Whereas any previous experiment reported to date always produced a plateau of equally intense harmonics, it has been possible to demonstrate ``untypical'' harmonic soft x-ray spectra exhibiting ``switched-off'' harmonic orders. The high degree of controllability paves the way for quantum control experiments in the soft x-ray spectral region. It was also demonstrated that the degree of control over the soft x-ray shape depends on the high-harmonic generation geometry. Experiments performed in the gas jet could not change the relative emission strengths of neighboring harmonic orders. In the waveguide geometry, the relative harmonic yield of neighboring orders could be modified at high contrast ratios. A simulation based solely on the single atom response could not reproduce the experimentally observed contrast ratios, pointing to the importance of propagation (phase matching) effects as a reason for the high degree of controllability observed in capillaries, answering long-standing debates in the field. A prototype experiment was presented demonstrating the versatility of the developed soft x-ray shaping technique for quantum control in this hitherto unexplored wavelength region. Shaped high-harmonic spectra were again used in an adaptive feedback loop experiment to control the gas-phase photodissociation reaction of SF\$_6\$ molecules. A time-of-flight mass spectrometer was used for the detection of the ionic fragments. The branching ratios of particular fragmentation channels could be varied by optimally shaped soft x-ray light fields. Although in one case only slight changes of the branching ratio were possible, an optimal solution was found, proving the sufficient technical stability of this unique coherent soft-x-ray shaping method for future applications in optimal control. Active shaping of the spectral amplitude in coherent spectral regions of \$\sim\$10~eV bandwidth was shown to directly correspond to shaping the temporal features of the emerging soft x-ray pulses on sub-femtosecond time scales. This can be understood by the dualism of frequency and time with the Fourier transformation acting as translator. A quantum-mechanical simulation was used to clarify the magnitude of temporal control over the shape of the attosecond pulses produced in the high-harmonic-generation process. In conjunction with the experimental results, the first attosecond time-scale pulse shaper could thus be demonstrated in this work. The availability of femtosecond pulse shapers opened the field of adaptive femtosecond quantum control. The milestone idea of closed-loop feedback control to be implemented experimentally was expressed by Judson and Rabitz in their seminal work titled ``Teaching lasers to control molecules''. This present work extends and turns around this statement. Two fundamentally new achievements can now be added, which are ``Teaching molecules to control laser light conversion'' and ``Teaching lasers to control coherent soft x-ray light''. The original idea thus enabled the leap from femtosecond control of molecular dynamics into the new field of attosecond control of electron motion to be explored in the future. The \emph{closed}-loop approach could really \emph{open} the door towards fascinating new perspectives in science. Coming back to the introduction in order to close the loop, let us reconsider the analogy to the general chemical reaction. Photonic reaction control was presented by designing and engineering effective media (catalysts) and controlling the preparation of educt photons within the shaped laser pulses to selectively produce desired photonic target states in the soft x-ray spectral region. These newly synthesized target states in turn could be shown to be effective in the control of chemical reactions. The next step to be accomplished will be the control of sub-femtosecond time-scale electronic reactions with adaptively controlled coherent soft x-ray photon bunches. To that end a time-of-flight high-energy photoelectron spectrometer has recently been built, which will now allow to directly monitor electronic dynamics in atomic, molecular or solid state systems. Fundamentally new insights and applications of the nonlinear interaction of shaped attosecond soft x-ray pulses with matter can be expected from these experiments.},
  subject      = {Ultrakurzer Lichtimpuls},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Dem2003,
  author    = {Dem, Claudiu Dorin},
  title     = {Design and construction of a device for light scattering studies on airborne particles},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-9605},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {This thesis is concerned with the development of an on-line in-situ device for a chemical characterisation of flowing aerosols. The thesis describes the principles and most important features of such a system, allowing also on-line measurements using Raman spectroscopy as a diagnostic technique An analysis of the effect of forced oscillations on the motion of the particle dispersed in a gas flow is given in Chapter 2. Also the most important particle parameters are introduced. A review of the particle/fluid interaction in laminar air flows and the response of the particle is presented. In Chapter 3 the behaviour of the particle under different external conditions (ion bombardment and electric fields) is extended. A brief review of the most important particle charging theories (diffusion, field, and alternating potential charging) shows, that the effect of the electrical properties (represented by the dielectric constant) of the particles affects the charging process. A non-contact method for particle charge measurement was also presented. In the second part of the chapter, the interaction between the electric field and the charged particle for the purpose of particle trapping is illustrated. The most common systems like the two or four ring electrodynamic balance and the quadrupole trap are pointed out. In Chapter 4 a short review of the possibility of using scattered light to study aerosol particles is presented. First, the conditions and the facilities of using the Mie theory for particle size and refractive index determination are mentioned, then some features concerning the classical treatment of the Raman effect are presented Supported by the theoretical considerations exposed in Chapter 2, 3, and 4 the construction and the tests of different devices are presented in Chapter 5. Following the goal of the thesis, first an overview of the used materials and methods for particle generation is presented. Then, the constructed charging devices are described (from the mechanical and electrical point of view) and compared by measuring the acquired charge on the particle. Charged particles can be trapped in different containers. Two types of axially symmetric electrodynamic balances (two ring or an extended four ring configuration) were presented. For a deeper understanding these systems were studied using analytic and numerical methods. Considering the presented purpose of the work another type of trapping system has been developed, namely the quadrupole trap. A similar theoretical characterisation (in term's of Mathieu equation) as for the electrodynamic balance was presented pointing out some specific features of this system. The incoming particle stream will be focused to the centre of the system simultaneously also the applied DC and AC potential onto the tube electrodes, yields a stable trapping of one or more particles. Chapter 6 consists of two parts: the system for single particle and for many particles investigation. The individual devices presented in Chapter 5 are now put together. The first part presents the method and the experimental realisation of a set-up for solid particle injection. In order to suppress the phase injection disadvantage found for the electrodynamic balance a developed program processes the information obtained from a particle cloud through an adequate electronic detection system, and reduces the number of particles until just one single particle is trapped. The method for one particle investigation can be extended for many particles. Using the presented set-up the particles are moved from one quadrupole to another and transformed from a particle cloud to a particle stream. A linearity between an external vertical mounted detector and the formed image of the particle stream on the CCD camera has been observed and used for simultaneous detection of many particles by Raman spectroscopy. For both methods Raman results are presented. One limitation of Raman Spectroscopy is the relatively long integration time needed for adequate signal-to-noise ratio. There are two factors which influence the integration time: first the incident radiation and the detector sensitivity, and second the intensity of the Raman bands. Using a CCD detector, the desired detector sensitivity should be achieved. So, the improvement of the signal-to-noise ratio should be the next goal in the system development. In order to reduce the integration time an optical system including optic fibres and the integration of an FT-Raman module operating in the visible region is planed. The goal of this work was to develop and construct an instrument for on-line in-situ single particle investigation by Raman spectroscopy. With the presented experimental set-up and the developed program the purpose of the work, the on-line in-situ near atmospheric pressure aerosol investigation was achieved. The Raman spectroscopy has been used successfully for a chemical characterisation of the aerosol particles.},
  subject      = {Aerosol},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Baumeister2004,
  author    = {Baumeister, Joachim},
  title     = {Agile development of diagnostic knowledge systems},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-9698},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2004},
  abstract  = {The success of diagnostic knowledge systems has been proved over the last decades. Nowadays, intelligent systems are embedded in machines within various domains or are used in interaction with a user for solving problems. However, although such systems have been applied very successfully the development of a knowledge system is still a critical issue. Similarly to projects dealing with customized software at a highly innovative level a precise specification often cannot be given in advance. Moreover, necessary requirements of the knowledge system can be defined not until the project has been started or are changing during the development phase. Many success factors depend on the feedback given by users, which can be provided if preliminary demonstrations of the system can be delivered as soon as possible, e.g., for interactive systems validation the duration of the system dialog. This thesis motivates that classical, document-centered approaches cannot be applied in such a setting. We cope with this problem by introducing an agile process model for developing diagnostic knowledge systems, mainly inspired by the ideas of the eXtreme Programming methodology known in software engineering. The main aim of the presented work is to simplify the engineering process for domain specialists formalizing the knowledge themselves. The engineering process is supported at a primary level by the introduction of knowledge containers, that define an organized view of knowledge contained in the system. Consequently, we provide structured procedures as a recommendation for filling these containers. The actual knowledge is acquired and formalized right from start, and the integration to runnable knowledge systems is done continuously in order to allow for an early and concrete feedback. In contrast to related prototyping approaches the validity and maintainability of the collected knowledge is ensured by appropriate test methods and restructuring techniques, respectively. Additionally, we propose learning methods to support the knowledge acquisition process sufficiently. The practical significance of the process model strongly depends on the available tools supporting the application of the process model. We present the system family d3web and especially the system d3web.KnowME as a highly integrated development environment for diagnostic knowledge systems. The process model and its activities, respectively, are evaluated in two real life applications: in a medical and in an environmental project the benefits of the agile development are clearly demonstrated.},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Rueter2004,
  author    = {R{\"u}ter, Katja},
  title     = {The efficiency of routine standards in social comparison},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-9448},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2004},
  abstract  = {One primary source for self-knowledge is social comparison. Often objective criteria for self-evaluations are not available or useful and therefore comparisons with other people play a crucial role in self-evaluations. But the question is whether social comparisons could indeed provide information about the self without consuming too much cognitive resources or time. Therefore, in this research I wanted to look at practice effects in social comparison and the particular significance of routine standards. Whereas traditional research on standard selection mostly focused on goal-oriented and strategic standard selection processes, this research sets out to integrate social cognitive knowledge, ideas, and methods. Researchers from many different fields agree that people's behavior and thinking is not fully determined by rational choices or normative considerations. Quite the contrary, factors like knowledge accessibility, habits, procedural practice, stereotyping, categorization, and many more cognitive processes play an important role. The same may be true in social comparison and standard selection. In my research I demonstrate that efficiency concerns play an important role in social comparison. Since people may not be able to engage in a strategic standard selection whenever they engage in social comparison processes, there has to be a more efficient alternative. Using routine standards would be such an alternative. The efficiency advantage of routine standards may thereby be founded not only in the abandonment of a strategic but arduous standard selection process, but also in a higher efficiency of the comparison process itself. I therefore set out to show how the use of routine standards facilitates the social comparison processes. This was done in three steps. First, I replicated and improved our former research (Mussweiler \& R{\"u}ter, 2003, JPSP) indicating that people really do use their best friends as routine standards to evaluate themselves. Second, I demonstrated that it is more efficient to compare with a routine standard than with another standard. In Studies 2 and 3 I therefore show that comparisons between the self and a routine standard (either a natural routine standard like the best friend or a experimentally induced routine standard based on practice) are faster and more efficient than comparisons with other standards. Finally, I looked at the underlying mechanism of the efficiency advantage of routine standards. The results of Studies 4 and 5 point out, that both general as well as specific practice effects occur with repeated comparisons. Whereas a specific practice effect implies the repeated processing of the same content (i.e., knowledge about the routine standard), general practice effects indicate that the pure process (i.e., comparing the self with a routine standard) becomes more efficient regardless whether new content (i.e., comparison relevant knowledge) has to be processed. Taken together, the efficiency advantage of routine standards during self-evaluation is based not only on the lack of necessity for an arduous standard selection, but is additionally supported by the facilitation of the comparison process itself. The efficiency of routine standards may provide an explanation as to why people base self-evaluations on comparisons with these standards and dispense with strategic considerations to select the most suitable standard.},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Tyrsin2003,
  author    = {Tyrsin, Oleg},
  title     = {Role of Raf family members in mouse development},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-9453},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {Raf Proteine sind Serin/Threonin Kinasen, die als zentrale Elemente des Ras, Raf, Mek, Map Kinase Wegs, an der Weiterleitung von extrazellul{\"a}ren Signalen von der Zellmembran zu nukle{\"a}ren Effektoren beteiligt sind. Auf diese Weise kontrollieren sie elementare Prozesse wie Proliferation, Differenzierung und das {\"U}berleben von Zellen. In S{\"a}ugetieren wurden drei funktionelle Gene (A-, B- and C-raf) beschrieben. Aus biochemischen Untersuchungen ergibt sich, dass die Isozyme {\"u}berlappende aber auch differentielle Funktionen {\"u}bernehmen. Allerdings wurde ein differenziertes Verst{\"a}ndnis der jeweiligen spezifischen Rolle dadurch erschwert, dass in den meisten Zelltypen verschiedene Raf-Isozyme expremiert werden und dass wegen der Vielzahl der Aktivatoren und Effektoren eine eindeutige Isoform-Zuordnung schwer m{\"o}glich war. Aufgrund der Beteiligung an verschiedenen Krankheitsbildern, insbesondere der Tumorentstehung und -progression, ist jedoch die Aufkl{\"a}rung der Isozym-spezifischen Funktionen von vorranginger wissenschaftlicher Bedeutung. B-Raf hat unter den Raf Kinasen die h{\"o}chste Kinaseaktivit{\"a}t und zeigt antiapoptotische Eigenschaften. B-Raf knockout M{\"a}use zeigen eine allgemeine Wachstumsverz{\"o}gerung und sterben zwischen E10,5 und E12,5 aufgrund fehlentwickelter Gef{\"a}sse in Folge massiver Apoptose differenzierter Endothelzellen. [1]. Um die Lethalit{\"a}t des B-Raf-/- (KO) Ph{\"a}notyps zu {\"u}berkommen und um die Redundanz der B-Raf Proteine weiter zu untersuchen, wurden M{\"a}use generiert, die unter der Kontrolle des B-Raf Promoters statt B-Raf eine A-Raf cDNA exprimieren. Nur in einem Fall entwickelte sich eine ausgewachsene p20 Maus ohne sichtbare Entwicklungsdefekte oder Verhaltensauff{\"a}lligkeiten. Dar{\"u}ber hinaus wurden lebende Embryonen mit normaler Entwicklung aber reduzierter Gr{\"o}sse mit niedriger Inzidenz zwischen E12,5d und E16,5d beobachtet. In allen diesen F{\"a}llen fanden wir ein intaktes Gef{\"a}ßsystem. Andererseits waren Neurogenese und die Bewegung der neuralen Vorl{\"a}uferzellen in den {\"u}berlebenden Embryonen gest{\"o}rt, was in einigen F{\"a}llen zu unterentwickelten Hirnregionen f{\"u}hrte. Mittels TUNEL bzw. PCNA Assay konnten wir zeigen, dass mehr apoptotische und weniger proliferierende Zellen in ventrikul{\"a}rer und subventrikul{\"a}rer Zone der Hirn Ventrikel und im Striatum der KIN Embryonen zu finden sind. Außerdem wurden in einer Reihe von Geweben von E13,5d und in den Lungen von E16,5d Embryonen, vermehrt apoptotische Zellen beobachtet. Dies war in der einen ausgewachsenen KIN Maus nicht der Fall. Diese zeigte einen reduzierten Anteil an neuronalen Vorl{\"a}uferzellen in der subgranul{\"a}ren Zone des Hippocampus und an reifen Neuronen im Riechkolben. Ansonsten waren aber keine St{\"o}rungen der Neurogenese in der ausgewachsenen KIN Maus detektierbar. Fibroblasten die aus KIN Embryonen etabliert wurden, zeigten im Vergleich zu Wildtypzellen reduzierte F{\"a}higkeit zur Proliferation und erh{\"o}hte Sensibilit{\"a}t gegen{\"u}ber Apoptoseausl{\"o}sern. Die erh{\"o}hte Apoptosetendenz spiegelte sich auf molekularer Ebene in einer Reduktion an antiapoptotischen Molek{\"u}len wieder. Aktive ERK und Akt Kinase sind erniedrigt. Außerdem war von dem bekannten Raf Substrat BAD, weniger an der inaktiven phosphorylierten Form zu beobachten, wodurch bei gleicher Menge Gesamtprotein auf ein Mehr an proapoptotischem unphosphoryliertem BAD geschlossen werden kann. Zusammengefasst zeigen diese Daten, dass die Substitution von B-Raf durch die weniger aktive A-Raf Kinase zwar die endotheliale Apoptose verhindern kann, die die Ursache f{\"u}r das fr{\"u}he Absterben der B-Raf-/- (KO) M{\"a}use ist, dass aber die normale Entwicklung dennoch entscheidend gest{\"o}rt ist.},
  subject      = {Maus},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Kahlenberg2004,
  author    = {Kahlenberg, Frank},
  title     = {Structure-property correlations in fluoroaryl functionalized inorganic-organic hybrid polymers for telecom applications},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-9378},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2004},
  abstract  = {The development and in-depth characterization of new fluoroaryl functionalized ORMOCER® materials (inorganic-organic hybrid polymers) for optical waveguide applications in telecommunication is presented. The preparation of the materials included precursor silane synthesis, hydrolysis/polycondensation of organoalkoxysilane mixtures, and photolithographic processing of the resulting oligosiloxane resins in order to establish the inorganic-organic hybrid network. During all stages of ORMOCER® preparation, structure-property relations were deduced from characterization data, particularly with respect to low optical loss in the important near-infrared spectral region as well as refractive index. With the aid of molecular modeling, structural characteristics of oligomeric intermediates were visualized, which was found valuable in the fundamental understanding of the material class. The material development started with the syntheses of a variety of commercially unavailable fluorinated and unfluorinated arylalkoxysilanes by means of Grignard and hydrosilylation pathways, respectively. A survey of silane optical properties, particularly their absorptions at the telecom wavelengths 1310 nm and 1550 nm, gave an impulse to the choice of suitable precursors for the preparation of low-loss ORMOCER® resins. Accordingly, precursor silane mixtures and hydrolysis/polycondensation reaction conditions were chosen and optimized with regard to low contents of C-H and Si-OH functions. Thus, absorptions as low as 0.04 dB/cm at 1310 nm and 0.18 dB/cm at 1550 nm, respectively, could be obtained from an oligosiloxane resin based on pentafluorophenyltrimethoxysilane (1) mixed with pentafluorophenyl(vinyl)-dimethoxysilane (5). In order to improve the organic crosslinkability under photolithographic processing conditions, further resins on the basis of the aforementioned were prepared, which additionally incorporated the styrene-analogous precursor 4-vinyltetrafluorophenyl-trimethoxysilane (4). Thus, ORMOCER® resins with low optical losses of 0.28 dB/cm at 1310 nm and 0.42 dB/cm at 1550 nm, respectively, were prepared, which exhibited excellent photopatternability. The manufacture of micropatterns such as optical waveguide structures by UV-photolithography under clean room conditions was the final stage of material synthesis. The optimization of processing parameters allowed the preparation of test patterns for the determination of optical, dielectrical and mechanical properties. A low optical loss of 0.51 dB/cm at 1550 nm could be measured on a waveguide manufactured from a photopatternable fluoroaryl functionalized ORMOCER®. The structural characterization of liquid resins as well as cured ORMOCER® samples was accomplished chiefly with solution and solid state 29Si-NMR spectroscopy, respectively. Particularly for polycondensates incorporating species based on more than one precursor silane, the spectra showed a high degree of complexity. An additional challenge arouse from the partial loss of fluoroaryl groups during ORMOCER® condensation and curing, which resulted in even more condensation products. Thus, in order to provide a basis for resin analysis, first the hydrolysis/condensation reactions of the isolated precursors were investigated under reaction time-resolution with NMR spectroscopy at low temperature. Backed by signal assignments in these single-precursor systems, the respective species could also be identified in the complex resin spectra, allowing for their quantitative interpretation. The structural characterization was rounded out by IR spectroscopy and SAXS analyses. With the help of molecular modeling, the experimental data were finally transferred into a three-dimensional image of an organosiloxane oligomer, which is representative for a photopatternable fluoroaryl functionalized ORMOCER® resin. The combination of low-temperature NMR, which made the characterization of polycondensates possible, with oligomer modeling paved the way to a further understanding of ORMOCER® resin systems. On the basis of this visualization of structural characteristics, e.g. properties such as organic crosslinkability of oligomers were discussed in the light of steric features within the molecular structure. Thus, new possibilities were established for the systematic optimization of ORMOCER® formulations. Structure-property relations with respect to optical loss and refraction, as determined within this work, follow trends, which are in accordance with the literature. Particularly the direct comparison of data derived from analogous fluorinated and unfluorinated ORMOCER® resins showed that fluorination results in significant decrease in NIR optical loss. Additionally, different unfluorinated aryl functionalized systems with varying aliphatic C-H content were compared. In case of a lower aliphatic content, a widening effect on the 1310 nm window was found. This is due to a shift of arylic C-H vibrations (1145 nm) towards lower wavelengths compared to aliphatic C-H (1188 nm). Finally, on the basis of NIR spectra of analogous fluorinated resins with low and high silanol content, respectively, a significant impact of (Si)O-H groups on the 1550 nm window was demonstrated, while the 1310 nm window was unaffected. This is due to O-H vibrations with a maximum at 1387 nm and further bands at higher wavelength. The index of refraction was drastically lowered due to fluorination. Thus, the analogous fluorinated and unfluorinated ORMOCER® resins had indices of 1.497 and 1.570, respectively, in the VIS region. For the fluorinated systems, refraction did not change significantly during organic cross-connection and hardbake. In conclusion, the new fluoroaryl functionalized ORMOCER® systems represent low-loss materials for telecom applications. In addition, in-depth characterization during material development allowed the proposal of structure-property relations, particularly with respect to optical properties, which are of considerable importance for future developments.},
  subject      = {Ormocer},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Tarcea2004,
  author    = {Tarcea, Nicolae},
  title     = {Light as a universal tool : Microcapsule sizing by elastic light scattering and mineral investigation by in situ Raman spectroscopy},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-9383},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2004},
  abstract  = {The present work consist of two major parts. The first part, extending over chapters 1, 2, 3 and 4, addresses the design and construction of a device capable of determining the shell thickness and the core size for monolayer spherical particles in a flow. The second part containing chapters 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10, concentrate on the use of Raman spectroscopy as a space application, namely for use as a tool for in situ planetary investigations. This part directly addresses the MIRAS project, a study run under the auspices of Federal Ministry of Education and Research, BMBF and German Aerospace Center, DLR under national registration number 50OW0103. MIRAS stands for "Mineral Investigation by in situ Raman Spectroscopy". Microcapsule Sizing by Elastic Light Scattering The industrial development of processes based on microcapsules depends on the possibility to provide clear and complete information about the properties of these microcapsules. However, the tools for an easy and efficient determination of the microcapsule properties are lacking, several methods being often required to describe adequately the microcapsule behavior. Methods for evaluating the individual size and size distribution of both the core and the shell are required together with methods for measuring the mechanical strength, stability in appli-cation media, permeability of the shell, etc. Elastic light scattering measurements provide a possible way of determining properties such as core size, shell size and refractive index. The design and con-struction of a device capable of measuring the above mentioned parameters for a core-shell particle is the subject of the first part of this thesis. The basic principle of measurement for the device proposed here consists of an-alyzing one particle at a time by recording the elastic light scattering pattern at angles between approx. 60 and 120 grad. By comparing the experimentally recorded phase functions with the previously calculated phase functions stored in a database, the geometry of the scattering object can be identified. In our case the geometry is characterized by two parameters: the shell thickness and the core radius. In chapter 2 a short overview on the methods used for sizing microparticles is given. Different sizing methods are compared, and the advantages and disadvan-tages for the general problem of sizing are shortly discussed. It is observed that all sizing methods that are based on elastic light scattering theories are ensemble methods. Chapter 3 focusses on the theories used for calculating the theoretical scattering patterns with emphasize on the Mie theory. The generalization of Mie theory for layered particles is shortly presented and the far field intensity approximations are discussed. The last chapter (4) of this first part describes the experimental approach for building an automatic microcapsule sizer. The approach started by O. Sbanski [76] with the development of a software packet for calculating and storing theoret-ical phase functions for core-shell particles was continued with the designing and construction of a measuring device. The hardware construction and the software with all implemented corrections imposed by the individual setup components are described in detail. For the laser, the monochromaticity, the intensity profile of the beam as well as the planarity of the equi-phase fronts are taken into consid-eration. The flow cell with three different designs is described, and the influences of the employed design on the light scattering patterns are discussed together with the optical system used for recording the experimental phase functions. The detection system formed by two identical linear CCD arrays is presented together with the software approach used for data acquisition. Ways of improving the quality and the speed of the analyzing process are discussed. The final section presents measurements run on samples made of homogeneous spheres and also on samples containing industrial microcapsules. Mineral Investigation by in situ Raman Spectroscopy The envisaged future planetary missions require space-born instruments, which are highly miniaturized with respect to volume and mass and which have low needs of power. A micro Raman spectrometer as a stand alone device on a planetary surface (e.g. Mars) offers a wide spectrum of possibilities. It can assess the chemical analysis via determination of the mineral composition, detect organic molecules in the soil, identify the principal mineral phases, etc. The technical developments in the last years have introduced a new generation of small Raman systems suitable for robotic mineral characterization on planetary surfaces [20, 95]. Two different types of spectrometer were considered for the MIRAS study. As supporting laboratory experiments for the MIRAS study, the measure-ments on standard minerals and on SNC Mars meteorites are discussed in chapter 6. The following SNC meteorites have been investigated: Sayh al Uhaymir 060, Dar al Gani 735, Dar al Gani 476, Northwest Africa 856, Los Angeles, Northwest Africa 1068 and Zagami. Pyrite as a hitherto undescribed phase in the picritic (olivin-phyric) shergottite NWA 1068 as well as reduced carbon (e.g. graphite) and anatase in the shergottite Say al Uhaymir 060 are new findings for this class of meteorites. A detailed description of the proposed designs for MIRAS, with the compo-nents used for building the test version on a breadboard is covered in chapter 7. The scientific as well as the mission requirements imposed on the instrument are discussed. The basic design is presented and the main components that are brought together to build the device being the laser unit, the Raman head, the Rayleigh filtering box, and the spectral sensor (spectrometer with a matching de-tector) are described. The two proposed designs, one based on an acousto-optic tunable filter (AOTF) and the other based on a dispersive hadamard transform spectrometer are compared to each other. The actual breadboard setup with the detailed description of the components follows in Section 7.3. Further de-velopment of a Raman spectrometer for planetary investigations is proposed in combination with a microscope as part of the Extended-MIRAS project. The software developed for controlling the breadboard version of MIRAS is described in chapter 8 together with a short description of the structure of a relational database used for in house spectra management. The measuring pro-cedures and the data processing steps are presented. Spectra acquired with the MIRAS breadboard version based on the AOTF are shown in chapter 9. The final chapter addresses a rather different possibility of using Raman spectroscopy for planetary investigations. The chapter summarizes the content of four tech-nical notes that were established within the study contracted by the European Space Agency with firma Kayser-Threde in Munich concerning the possibility of applying Raman spectroscopy in the field of remote imaging.},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Geiger2004,
  author    = {Geiger, Lars},
  title     = {The versatile use of Guanidiniocarbonylpyrroles : from self-assembly to peptide recognition},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-9272},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2004},
  abstract  = {Die vorliegende Arbeit gliedert sich in zwei Themenschwerpunkte. Ein supramolekulares Projekt beinhaltete die Entwicklung von neuen flexiblen, selbst-aggregierenden Zwitterionen als Bausteine f{\"u}r supramolekulare Polymere. In einem zweiten bioorganischem Teil bestand das Ziel darin, Rezeptoren f{\"u}r Aminos{\"a}uren und Dipeptide in Wasser zu entwickeln. Beide Projekte basieren auf dem Guanidiniocarbonylpyrrol als effizientes Bindungsmotiv f{\"u}r die Komplexierung von Carboxylaten in w{\"a}ssrigen L{\"o}sungen. Eine notwendige Voraussetzung f{\"u}r die Realisierung dieser Projekte war jedoch zun{\"a}chst die Entwicklung einer allgemeinen, effizienten und milden Synthese f{\"u}r Guanidiniocarbonylpyrrole. Die bei der zuvor verwendeten Methode aggressiven Reaktionsbedingungen und die problematische Aufreinigung verhinderten eine gr{\"o}ßere Anwendung dieses Bindungsmotivs in bioorganischen und supramolekularen Projekten. Im Rahmen dieser Arbeit gelang es mir erfolgreich eine neue Syntheseroute zu entwickeln. Hierbei wurde mono-tBoc-Guanidine mit dem Benzylester mittels PyBOP gekuppelt und nach Entsch{\"u}tzung der Benzylschutzgruppe wurde die zentrale Zwischenstufe f{\"u}r die weiteren Synthesen, die tBoc-gesch{\"u}tzte Guanidinocarbonylpyrrol-S{\"a}ure erhalten. Durch diese neuartige Synthese war es m{\"o}glich, eine Reihe von flexiblen Zwitterionen 3-6 herzustellen und deren Selbst-Aggregation und den Einfluß der Kettenl{\"a}nge und somit Flexibilit{\"a}t der Alkylkette auf Struktur und Stabilit{\"a}t der gebildeten Aggregate in L{\"o}sung sowie auch in der Gasphase zu untersuchen. In DMSO deuten NMR-Verd{\"u}nnungsreihen darauf hin, dass die flexiblen Zwitterionen mit n = 1, 3 und 5 oligomere Strukturen ausbilden. Im Falle von n = 1 werden hoch stabile helicale und Nanometer große Aggregate in der gebildet. In den Gasphasen-Studien wurde die Stabilit{\"a}t und Zerfallskinetik einer Reihe von Natriumaddukten der Dimere von n = 2, 3 und 5 untersucht. Dieses gelang durch die Methode der „infrared multiphoton dissociation Fourier transform ion cyclotron resonance mass spectrometry" (IRMPD-FT-ICR MS). Solche Studien erm{\"o}glichen m{\"o}glicherweise in Zukunft das gezielte Design von supramolekularen Bausteinen. Der bioorganische Teil meiner Arbeit setzte sich aus drei Einzelprojekten zusammen. So synthetisierte ich durch eine f{\"u}nfstufige Synthesesequenz vier neue Arginin-Analoga, die in Zukunft als Ersatz f{\"u}r Arginin in Peptide eingebaut werden k{\"o}nnen. Als Testreaktion f{\"u}r die Eignung dieser Verbindungen in einer Festphasenpeptidsynthese, wurde ein Tripetid Ala-AA1-Val (AA: Arginin-Analogon) mit einem eingebauten Arginin-Analogon erfolgreich hergestellt. In einem zweiten Projekt habe ich den Einfluß einer zus{\"a}tzlichen ionischen Wechselwirkung in unserem Bindungsmotiv untersucht. Dazu wurde ein zweifach-kationischer Rezeptor und der dreifach-geladenen Rezeptor synthetisiert und physikalisch-organisch ihre Bindungseigenschaften mit Hilfe von NMR-Titrationsexperimenten gegen eine Reihe von Aminos{\"a}uren untersucht. Der dreifach-kationische Rezeptor 11 zeigte hierbei herausragende Bindungseigenschaften und war um ca. den Faktor 100 besser als f{\"u}r die bisher bekannten Guanidiniocarbonylpyrrole. Die Assoziationskonstanten waren auch fast reinem Wasser mit bis zu Kass = 2000 noch bemerkenswert hoch. Im dritten Projekt habe ich einen de-novo entwickelten Rezeptor f{\"u}r C-terminale Dipeptide in einer beta-Faltblatt Struktur entwickelt.Dieser Rezeptor wurde mittels NMR and UV-Titrationen untersucht. In 40 \% Wasser/ 60 \% DMSO waren die Bindungskonstanten zu hoch um {\"u}berhaupt quantifiziert zu werden. Deshalb wurden die Bindungseigenschaften des Rezeptors mittels UV Titrationen in einer Mischung aus 90 \% Wasser mit 10 \% DMSO gegen eine Reihe von Dipeptiden und Aminos{\"a}uren getestet. Die Bindungsdaten zeigen, dass Rezeptor Dipeptide mit ausgezeichneten Bindungskonstanten (Kass > 10000 M-1) komplexiert. Im Gegensatz dazu bindet der Rezeptor 12 Aminos{\"a}uren um den Faktor zehn schlechter (Kass > 1000 M-1). Die Komplexstabilit{\"a}t nimmt hierbei in Abh{\"a}ngigkeit von der Seitenkette des Dipeptids in der Reihe Gly < Ala < Val zu, was sich mit der abnehmenden Flexibilit{\"a}t und zunehmenden Hydrophobizit{\"a}t der Seitenkette erkl{\"a}ren l{\"a}sst. Diese Eigenschaften machen den Rezeptor 12 zu dem besten bisher bekannten Dipeptidrezeptor in w{\"a}ssrigen L{\"o}sungen. Innerhalb meiner Arbeit gelang es mir somit, nicht nur eine essentiell wichtige, milde und effiziente Synthese f{\"u}r Guanidinocarbonylpyrrole zu entwickeln, sondern es gelang mir ebenso ein neues Bindungsmotiv f{\"u}r die Komplexierung von Aminos{\"a}uren in Wasser zu entwickeln. Zus{\"a}tzlich konnte noch der Dipeptidrezeptor erfolgreich synthetisiert und untersucht werden. Mit Bindungskonstanten f{\"u}r von Kass > 10000 M-1 ist er der derzeit beste Dipeptidrezeptor in w{\"a}ssriger L{\"o}sung.},
  subject      = {Guanidinderivate},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Planchet2004,
  author    = {Planchet, Elisabeth},
  title     = {Nitric oxide production by tobacco plants and cell cultures under normal conditions and under stress},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-9339},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2004},
  abstract  = {Stickstoffmonoxid (NO) ist ein gasf{\"o}rmiges freies Radikal. In tierischen Geweben ist NO an der Regulation vieler physiologischer Prozesse beteiligt. In den letzten zehn Jahren wurde immer wahrscheinlicher, dass NO auch in Pflanzen als „second messenger" fungiert. Besonderes Interesse fanden Berichte, dass NO als intermedi{\"a}res Signal bei der Induktion der hypersensitiven Antwort (HR) von Pflanzen auf Pathogene involviert ist. Im Gegensatz zu Tieren haben Pflanzen wahrscheinlich eine Reihe verschiedener Systeme, die NO produzieren k{\"o}nnen. Potentielle Kandidaten daf{\"u}r sind: cytosolische Nitratreduktase (NR; EC 1.6.6.1), PM-gebundene Nitrit: NO Reduktase (Ni:NOR), NO-Synthase (NOS; EC 1.14.13.39) und Xanthindehydrogenase (XDH; EC 1.1.1.204). Das Ziel dieser Arbeit bestand darin, die NO-Produktion von Pflanzen zu quantifizieren und die beteiligten enzymatischen Schritte zu identifizieren. Als wichtigste Methode zur NO-Messung wurde die Chemilumineszenz verwendet, mit der die NO Emission aus Pflanzen, Zellsuspensionen oder Enzyml{\"o}sungen in NO-freie Luft oder N2 in Echtzeit verfolgt werden konnte. Wir benutzten f{\"u}r unsere Analyse: Tabak Wildtyp (N. tabacum cv Xanthi oder cv Gatersleben) und Zellsuspensionskulturen davon, NR-freie Mutanten oder WT Pflanzen, die auf Ammonium angezogen wurden um NR-Induktion zu vermeiden, Pflanzen die auf Wolframat an Stelle von Molybdat wuchsen um die Synthese funktionierender MoCo-Enzyme zu unterdr{\"u}cken, und eine NO-{\"u}berproduzierende, Nitritreduktase (NiR)-defiziente Transformante. Normale Bl{\"a}tter von nitratern{\"a}hrten Pflanzen zeigten eine typisches NO-Emissionsmuster,bei dem die NO-Emission im Dunkeln niedrig, im Licht viel h{\"o}her, und unter anoxischen Bedingungen im Dunkeln mit weitem Abstand am h{\"o}chsten war. Aber selbst nach Erreichen maximaler Raten war die NO-Emission h{\"o}chstens 1 \% der extrahierbaren NR Aktivit{\"a}t. Auch eine L{\"o}sung hochgereinigter Nitratreduktase produzierte NO aus den Substraten Nitrit und NADH, und auch hier war die Rate der NO-Emission nur maximal 1\% der vorhandenen NR-Aktivit{\"a}t. Dieses {\"u}bereinstimmende Verh{\"a}ltnis von NR Aktivit{\"a}t und NO-Emission in Bl{\"a}ttern, Zellsuspensionen und einer NR-L{\"o}sung zeigt an dass die NO-L{\"o}schung nur gering war und dass deshalb die NO-Emissionsmessung eine zuverl{\"a}ssige Methode zur Quantifizierung der NO Produktion sein sollte. Die NO-Emission aus einer NiR-defizienten, nitritakkumulierenden Transformante warimmer sehr hoch. NR-freie Pflanzen oder Zellsuspensionen produzierten dagegen normalerweise kein NO, woraus geschlossen werden konnte, dass hier NR die einzige NOQuelle war. Die Rate war in der Regel korreliert mit der Nitritkonzentration, aber cytosolisches NADH erschien als ein weiterer wichtiger limitierender Faktor.{\"U}berraschenderweise reduzierten aber auch NR-freie Pflanzen oder Zellkulturen unter anoxischen Bedingungen Nitrit zu NO. Das beteiligte Enzymsystem war kein MoCo-Enzym und war Cyanid-sensitiv. Der pilzliche Elicitor Cryptogein induzierte nach Infiltration in Bl{\"a}tter oder nach Zugabe zu Zellsuspensionen bereits in nanomolaren Konzentrationen den Zelltod. Diese Antwort wurde verhindert oder zumindest stark verz{\"o}gert durch den NO-Scavenger PTIO oder c-PTIO. Die Schlussfolgerung war zun{\"a}chst, das NO tats{\"a}chlich an der HR-Induktion involviert war. Da aber das Reaktionsprodukt von c-PTIO und NO, c-PTI, den HR ebenfalls verhinderte ohne jedoch NO zu l{\"o}schen, scheint die weit verbreitete Verwendung von c-PTIO und seinen Derivaten f{\"u}r die Beweisf{\"u}hrung einer Beteiligung von NO zumindest fragw{\"u}rdig. Der HR wurde unterschiedslos sowohl in WT-Pflanzen als auch in NR-freien Pflanzen bzw. Zellsuspensionen induziert. NR ist also offensichtlich f{\"u}r den HR nicht erforderlich. Im Gegensatz zur publizierten Literaturdaten verhinderte auch eine kontinuierliche hohe {\"U}berproduktion von NO die Auspr{\"a}gung des HR nicht. Besonders {\"u}berraschend war der Befund, dass trotz der Hemmung des HR durch PTIO keinerlei Cryptogein-induzierte NO Produktion in Bl{\"a}ttern messbar war. Allerdings wurde in nitratern{\"a}hrten Zellsuspensionskulturen ca. 3-6 h nach Cryptogein-Gabe eine -wenn auch geringe-NOEmission beobachtet, die von einer Nitritakkumulation begleitet war. Beides blieb in Ammonium-ern{\"a}hrten Kulturen aus. Hier schien also eine gewisse Relation zwischen Cryptogein-induzierter NO Emission, NR und Nitrit zu bestehen, die im Detail noch nicht verstanden ist. Da der Zelltod aber auch in NR-freien Zellsuspensionskulturen auftrat, besteht offensichtlich kein kausaler Zusammenhang zwischen dieser NO-Emission, Nitritakkumulation und der Cryptogein-Wirkung. Da NOS-Inhibitoren weder den Zelltod noch die nitritanh{\"a}ngige NO-Emission verhinderten, scheint eine NOS-artige Aktivit{\"a}t ebenfalls keine Rolle zu spielen. Insgesamt werden damit die in der Literatur etablierte Rolle von NO als Signal beim HR und die Rolle von NOS als NO-Quelle stark in Frage gestellt.},
  subject      = {Tabak},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Kraus2003,
  author    = {Kraus, Daniela},
  title     = {Conformal pseudo-metrics and some applications},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-9193},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {The point of departure for the present work has been the following free boundary value problem for analytic functions \$f\$ which are defined on a domain \$G \subset \mathbb{C}\$ and map into the unit disk \$\mathbb{D}= \{z \in \mathbb{C} : |z|<1 \}\$. Problem 1: Let \$z_1, \ldots, z_n\$ be finitely many points in a bounded simply connected domain \$G \subset \mathbb{C}\$. Show that there exists a holomorphic function \$f:G \to \mathbb{D}\$ with critical points \$z_j\$ (counted with multiplicities) and no others such that \$\lim_{z \to \xi} \frac{|f'(z)|}{1-|f(z)|^2}=1\$ for all \$\xi \in \partial G\$. If \$G=\mathbb{D}\$, Problem 1 was solved by K?nau [5] in the case of one critical point, and for more than one critical point by Fournier and Ruscheweyh [3]. The method employed by K?nau, Fournier and Ruscheweyh easily extends to more general domains \$G\$, say bounded by a Dini-smooth Jordan curve, but does not work for arbitrary bounded simply connected domains. In this paper we present a new approach to Problem 1, which shows that this boundary value problem is not an isolated question in complex analysis, but is intimately connected to a number of basic open problems in conformal geometry and non-linear PDE. One of our results is a solution to Problem 1 for arbitrary simply connected domains. However, we shall see that our approach has also some other ramifications, for instance to a well-known problem due to Rellich and Wittich in PDE. Roughly speaking, this paper is broken down into two parts. In a first step we construct a conformal metric in a bounded regular domain \$G\subset \mathbb{C}\$ with prescribed non-positive Gaussian curvature \$k(z)\$ and prescribed singularities by solving the first boundary value problem for the Gaussian curvature equation \$\Delta u =-k(z) e^{2u}\$ in \$G\$ with prescribed singularities and continuous boundary data. This is related to the Berger-Nirenberg problem in Riemannian geometry, the question which functions on a surface R can arise as the Gaussian curvature of a Riemannian metric on R. The special case, where \$k(z)=-4\$ and the domain \$G\$ is bounded by finitely many analytic Jordan curves was treated by Heins [4]. In a second step we show every conformal pseudo-metric on a simply connected domain \$G\subseteq \mathbb{C}\$ with constant negative Gaussian curvature and isolated zeros of integer order is the pullback of the hyperbolic metric on \$\mathbb{D}\$ under an analytic map \$f:G \to \mathbb{D}\$. This extends a theorem of Liouville which deals with the case that the pseudo-metric has no zeros at all. These two steps together allow a complete solution of Problem 1. Contents: Chapter I contains the statement of the main results and connects them with some old and new problems in complex analysis, conformal geometry and PDE: the Uniformization Theorem for Riemann surfaces, the problem of Schwarz-Picard, the Berger-Nirenberg problem, Wittich's problem, etc.. Chapter II and III have preparatory character. In Chapter II we recall some basic results about ordinary differential equations in the complex plane. In our presentation we follow Laine [6], but we have reorganized the material and present a self-contained account of the basic features of Riccati, Schwarzian and second order differential equations. In Chapter III we discuss the first boundary value problem for the Poisson equation. We shall need to consider this problem in the most general situation, which does not seem to be covered in a satisfactory way in the existing literature, see [1,2]. In Chapter IV we turn to a discussion of conformal pseudo-metrics in planar domains. We focus on conformal metrics with prescribed singularities and prescribed non-positive Gaussian curvature. We shall establish the existence of such metrics, that is, we solve the corresponding Gaussian curvature equation by making use of the results of Chapter III. In Chapter V we show that every constantly curved pseudo-metric can be represented as the pullback of either the hyperbolic, the euclidean or the spherical metric under an analytic map. This is proved by using the results of Chapter II. Finally we give in Chapter VI some applications of our results. [1,2] Courant, H., Hilbert, D., Methoden der Mathematischen Physik, Erster/ Zweiter Band, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1931/1937. [3] Fournier, R., Ruscheweyh, St., Free boundary value problems for analytic functions in the closed unit disk, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. (1999), 127 no. 11, 3287-3294. [4] Heins, M., On a class of conformal metrics, Nagoya Math. J. (1962), 21, 1-60. [5] K?nau, R., L?gentreue Randverzerrung bei analytischer Abbildung in hyperbolischer und sph?ischer Geometrie, Mitt. Math. Sem. Giessen (1997), 229, 45-53. [6] Laine, I., Nevanlinna Theory and Complex Differential Equations, de Gruyter, Berlin - New York, 1993.},
  subject      = {Freies Randwertproblem},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Petrovic2004,
  author    = {Petrovic, Suzana},
  title     = {In vivo analysis of homing pattern and differentiation potential of cells deriving from embryonic and adult haematopoietic regions},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-9323},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2004},
  abstract  = {The experimental work of this thesis addresses the questions of whether established cell lines injected into murine blastocysts find their way back home and seed preferentially at the site of their origin. Furthermore, can they change their fate and differentiate to unrelated cell types when exposed to the embryonic environment. This survey was based on the fact that different cell lines have different potentials in developing embryos, dependent on their cellular identity. The cell lines used in this survey were AGM region-deriving DAS 104-4, DAS 104-8 cells, yolk sac-deriving YSE cells and bone marrow-deriving FDCP mix cells. These cells were injected into mouse blastocysts. Donor cells were traced in developing embryos via specific markers. Analysis of the embryos revealed that DAS cells are promiscuous in their seeding pattern, since they were found in all analysed tissues with similar frequencies. YSE cells showed preferences in seeding yolk sac and liver. YSE donor cells in chimaeric tissues were not able to change their immuno-phenotype, indicating that they did not change their destiny. Analysis of adult mice did not reveal any of YSE-derived cells donor contribution. In contrast, FDCP mix cells mostly engrafted haematopoietic tissues, although the embryos analysed by in situ hybridization had donor signals frequently in cartilage primordia, heads, and livers. Analysis of whether FDCPmix-derived cells found in foetal livers were of haematopoietic or hepatocytes nature showed that progeny of injected FDCP mix cells do not differentiate into cells that express a hepatocyte-specific marker. Further analysis showed that FDCPmix-derived donor cells found in brain express neural or haematopoietic markers. In order to reveal if they transdifferentiate to neurons or fuse with neurons/glial cells, nuclear diameters of donor and recipient cells were determined. Comparison of the nuclear diameters of recipient and donor cells revealed no differences. Therefore this suggests that progeny of FDCP mix in brain are not fusion products. Analysis of adult mice tissues revealed that presence of FDCP mix-derived cells was the highest in brains. These results confirmed the assumption that the developmental potential of the analysed cells cannot be easily modified, even when exposed to early embryonic environment. Therefore one can conclude that the analysed cell types had different homing patterns depending on their origins.},
  subject      = {Zelllinie},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Rouziere2004,
  author    = {Rouzi{\`e}re, Anne-Sophie},
  title     = {MODULATION OF THE B-CELL REPERTOIRE IN RHEUMATOID ARTHRITIS BY TRANSIENT B-CELL DEPLETION},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-9290},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2004},
  abstract  = {Although the role of B-cells in autoimmunity is not completely understood, their importance in the pathogenesis of autoimmune diseases has been more appreciated in the past few years. It is now well known that they have roles in addition to (auto) antibody production and are involved by different mechanisms in the regulation of T-cell mediated autoimmune disorders. The evolution of an autoimmune disease is a dynamic process, which takes a course of years during which complex immunoregulatory mechanisms shape the immune repertoire until the development of clinical disease. During this course, the B-cell repertoire itself is influenced and a change in the distribution of immunoglobulin heavy and light chain genes can be observed. B-cell depletive therapies have beneficial effects in patients suffering from rheumatoid arthritis (RA), highlighting also the central role of B-cells in the pathogenesis of this disease. Nevertheless, the mechanism of action is unclear. It has been hypothesised that B-cell depletion is able to reset deviated humoral immunity. Therefore we wanted to investigate if transient B-cell depletion results in changes of the peripheral B-cell receptor repertoire. To address this issue, expressed immunoglobulin genes of two patients suffering from RA were analysed; one patient for the heavy chain repertoire (patient H), one patient for the light chain repertoire (patient L). Both patients were treated with rituximab, an anti-CD20 monoclonal antibody that selectively depletes peripheral CD20+ B-cells for several months. The B-cell repertoire was studied before therapy and at the earliest time point after B-cell regeneration in both patients. A longer follow-up (up to 27 months) was performed in patient H who was treated a second time with rituximab after 17 months. Heavy chain gene analysis was carried out by nested-PCR on bulk DNA from peripheral B-cells using family-specific primers, followed by subcloning and sequencing. During the study, patient H received two courses of antibody treatment. B-cell depletion lasted 7 and 10 months, respectively and each time was accompanied by a clinical improvement. Anti-CD20 therapy induced two types of changes in this patient. During the early phase of B-cell regeneration, we noticed the presence of an expanded and recirculating population of highly mutated B-cells. These cells expressed very different immunoglobulin VH genes compared before therapy. They were class-switched and could be detected for a short period only. The long-term changes were more subtle. Nevertheless, characteristic changes in the VH2 family, as well as in specific mini-genes like VH3-23, 4-34 or 1-69 were noticed. Some of these genes have already been reported to be biased in autoimmune diseases. Also in autoimmune diseases, in particular in RA, clonal B-cells have been frequently found in the repertoire. B-cell depletion with anti-CD20 antibody resulted in a long term loss of clonal B-cells in patient H. Thus, temporary B-cell depletion induced significant changes in the heavy chain repertoire. For the light chain gene analysis, the repertoire changes were analysed separately for naive (CD27-) and memory (CD27+) B-cells. Individual CD19+ B-cells were sorted into CD27- and CD27+ cells and single cell RT-PCR was performed, followed by direct sequencing. During the study, patient L received one course of antibody treatment. B-cell depletion lasted 10 months and the light chain repertoire was studied before and after therapy. Before therapy, some differences in the distribution of VL and JL genes were observed between naive and memory B-cells. In particular, the predominant usage of Jk-proximal Vk genes by the CD27- naive B-cells indicated that the receptor editing was less frequent in this population compared to memory cells. In VlJl rearrangements also, some evidence for decreased receptor editing was noticed, with the overrepresentation of the Jl2/3 gene segments. The CDR3 regions of naive and memory cells showed different characteristics: the activity of the terminal deoxynucleotidyl transferase and exonuclease in Vl(5') side was greater in memory cells. Also in the light chain repertoire, we observed some changes induced by the B-cell depletive therapy. There was a tendency of a less frequent usage of Jk-proximal Vk genes in the naive population. Some Vl genes, previously described in autoimmune diseases and connected to rheumatoid factor activity, such as 3p, 3r, 1g, were not found after therapy. The different characteristics of the CDR3 regions of VlJl rearrangements were not observed anymore. Very significantly, the ratio Vk to Vl was shifted toward a greater usage of Vk genes in the naive population after therapy. Taken together, these results indicate that therapeutic transient B-cell depletion by anti-CD20 antibody therapy modulates the immunoglobulin gene repertoire in the two RA patients studied. Measurable changes were observed in the heavy chain as well as in the light chain repertoire, which may be relevant to the course of the disease. This also supports the notion that the composition of the B-cell repertoire is influenced by the disease and that B-cell depletion can reset biases that are typically found in autoimmune diseases.},
  subject      = {Rheumatoide Arthritis},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Grozdanov2004,
  author    = {Grozdanov, Lubomir Assenov},
  title     = {Analysis of the genome organization and fitness traits of non-pathogenic Escherichia coli strain Nissle 1917 (O6:K5:H1)},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-9304},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2004},
  abstract  = {In the last years more than one hundred microbial genomes have been sequenced, many of them from pathogenic bacteria. The availability of this huge amount of sequence data enormously increases our knowledge on the genome structure and plasticity, as well as on the microbial diversity and evolution. In parallel, these data are the basis for the scientific "revolution" in the field of industrial and environmental biotechnology and medical microbiology - diagnostics and therapy, development of new drugs and vaccines against infectious agents. Together with the genomic approach, other molecular biological methods such as PCR, DNA-chip technology, subtractive hybridization, transcriptomics and proteomics are of increasing importance for research on infectious diseases and public health. The aim of this work was to characterize the genome structure and -content of the probiotic Escherichia coli strain Nissle 1917 (O6:K5:H31) and to compare these data with publicly available data on the genomes of different pathogenic and non-pathogenic E. coli strains and other closely related species. A cosmid genomic library of strain Nissle 1917 was screened for clones containing the genetic determinants contributing to the successful survival in and colonization of the human body, as well as to mediate this strain's probiotic effect as part of the intestinal microflora. Four genomic islands (GEI I-IVNissle 1917) were identifed and characterized. They contain many known fitness determinants (mch/mcm, foc, iuc, kps, ybt), as well as novel genes of unknown function, mobile genetic elements or newly identified putative fitness-contributing factors (Sat, Iha, ShiA-homologue, Ag43-homologues). All islands were found to be integrated next to tRNA genes (serX, pheV, argW and asnT, respectively). Their structure and chromosomal localization closely resembles those of analogous islands in the genome of uropathogenic E. coli strain CFT073 (O6:K2(?):H1), but they lack important virulence genes of uropathogenic E. coli (hly, cnf, prf/pap). Evidence for instability of GEI IINissle 1917 was given, since a deletion event in which IS2 elements play a role was detected. This event results in loss of a 30 kb DNA region, containing important fitness determinants (iuc, sat, iha), and therefore probably might influence the colonization capacity of Nissle 1917 strain. In addition, a screening of the sequence context of tRNA-encoding genes in the genome of Nissle 1917 was performed to identify genome wide potential integration sites of "foreign" DNA. As a result, similar "tRNA screening patterns" have been observed for strain Nissle 1917 and for the uropathogenic E. coli O6 strains (UPEC) 536 and CFT073. I. Summary 4 The molecular reason for the semi-rough phenotype and serum sensitivity of strain Nissle 1917 was analyzed. The O6-antigen polymerase-encoding gene wzy was identified, and it was shown that the reason for the semi-rough phenotype is a frame shift mutation in wzy, due to the presence of a premature stop codon. It was shown that the restoration of the O side-chain LPS polymerization by complementation with a functional wzy gene increased serumresistance of strain Nissle 1917. The results of this study show that despite the genome similarity of the E. coli strain Nissle 1917 with the UPEC strain CFT073, the strain Nissle 1917 exhibits a specific set of geno- and phenotypic features which contribute to its probiotic action. By comparison with the available data on the genomics of different species of Enterobacteriaceae, this study contributes to our understanding of the important processes such as horizontal gene transfer, deletions and rearrangements which contribute to genome diversity and -plasticity, and which are driving forces for the evolution of bacterial variants. At last, the fim, bcs and rfaH determinats whose expression contributes to the mutlicellular behaviour and biofilm formation of E. coli strain Nissle 1917 have been characterized.},
  subject      = {Escherichia coli},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Henn2004,
  author    = {Henn, Julian},
  title     = {The electron density : a bridge between exact quantum mechanics and fuzzy chemical concepts},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-9003},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2004},
  abstract  = {Summary The nature of the chemical bond is a topic under constant debate. What is known about individual molecular properties and functional groups is often taught and rationalized by explaining Lewis structures, which, in turn, make extensive use of the valence concept. The valence concept distinguishes between electrons, which do not participate in chemical interactions (core electrons) and those, which do (single, double, triple bonds, lone-pair electrons, etc.). Additionally, individual electrons are assigned to atomic centers. The valence concept is of paramount success: It allows the successful planning of chemical syntheses and analyses, it explains the behavior of individual functional groups, and, moreover, it provides the "language" to think of and talk about molecular structure and chemical interactions. The resounding success of the valence concept may be misleading to forget its approximative character. On the other hand, quantum mechanics provide in principle a quantitative description of all chemical phenomena, but there is no discrimination between electrons in quantum mechanics. From the quantum mechanical point of view there are only indistinguishable electrons in the field of the nuclei, i.e., it is impossible to assign a given electron to a particular center or to ascribe a particular purpose to individual electrons. The concept of indistinguishability of micro particles is founded on the Heisenberg uncertainty relation, which states, that wavepackets diverge in the 6N dimensional phase space, such that individual trajectories can not be identified. Hence it is a deep-rooted and approved physical concept. As an introduction to the present work density partitioning schemes were discussed, which divide the total molecular density into chemically meaningful areas. These partitioning schemes are intimately related to either the concepts of bound atoms in a molecule (as in the Atoms In Molecules theory (AIM) according to Bader or as in the Hirshfeld partitioning scheme) or to the concept of chemical structure in the sense of Lewis structures, which divide the total molecular density into core and valence density, where the valence density is split up again into bonding and non-bonding electron densities. Examples are early and recent loge theories, the topological analysis by means of the Electron Localization Function (ELF), and the Natural Bond Orbital (NBO) approach. Of these partitioning schemes, the theories according to Bader (AIM), to Becke and Edgecomb (ELF) and according to Weinhold (NBO and Natural Resonance Theory, NRT), respectively, were reviewed in detail critically. Points of criticism were explicated for each of the mentioned theories. Since theoretically derived electron densities are to be compared to experimentally derived densities, a brief introduction into the theory of X-ray di®raction experiments was given and the multipole formalism was introduced. The procedure of density refinement was briefly discussed. Various suggestions for improvements were developed: One strategy would be the employment of model parameters, which are to a maximum degree mutually orthogonal, with the object of minimizing correlations among the model parameters, e.g., to introduce nodal planes into the radial functions of the multipole model. A further suggestion involves the guidance of the iterative refinement procedure by an extremum principle, which states, that when di®erent solutions to the least squares minimization problem are available with about the same statistical measures of quality and with about the same residual density, then the solution is to prefer, which yields a minimum density at the bond critical point (BCP) and a maximum polarity in terms of the ratio of distances between the BCP and the nuclei. This suggestion is based on the well known fact, that the bond polarity (in terms of the ratio of distances between the BCP and the respective nuclei) is underestimated in the experiment. Another suggestion for including physical constraints is the explicit consideration of the virial theorem, e.g., by evaluating the integration of the Laplacian over the entire atomic basins and comparing this value to zero and to the value obtained from the integration of the electron gradient field over the atomic surface. The next suggestion was to explicitly use the electrostatic theorem of Feynman (often also denoted as Hellmann-Feynman theorem), which states, that the forces onto the nuclei can be calculated from the purely classical electrostatic forces of the electron distribution and the nuclei distribution. For a stationary system, these forces must add to zero. This also provides an internal quality criterion of the density model. This can be performed in an iterative way during the refinement procedure or as a test of the final result. The use of the electrostatic theorem is expected to reduce significantly correlations among static density parameters and parameters describing vibrations, since it is a valuable tool to discriminate between physically reasonable and artificial static electron densities. All of these mentioned suggestions can be applied as internal quality criteria. The last suggestion is based on the idea to initiate the experimental refinement with a set of model parameters, which is, as much as possible close to the final solution. This can be achieved by performing periodic boundary conditions calculations, from which theoretically created files are obtained, which contain the Miller indices (h, k, l) and the respective intensity I. This file is used for a model parameter estimation (refinement), which excludes vibrations. The resulting parameters can be used for the experimental refinement, where, in a first step, the density parameters are fixed to determine the parameters describing vibrations. For a fine tuning, again the electrostatic theorem and the other above mentioned suggestions could be applied. Theoretical predictions should not be biased by the method of computation. Therefore the dependence of the density analyzing tools on the level of calculation (method of calculation/basis set) and on the substituents in complex chemical bonding situations were evaluated in the second part of the present work. A number of compounds containing formal single and double sulfur nitrogen bonds was investigated. For these compounds, experimental data were also available. The calculated data were compared internally and with the experimental results. The internal comparison was drawn with regard to questions of convergency as well as with regard to questions of consistency: The resulting molecular properties from NBO/NRT analyses were found to be very stable, when the geometries were optimized at the respective level of theory. This stability is valid for variations in the methods of calculation as well as for variations in the basis set. Only the individual resonance weights of the contributing Natural Lewis Structures differed considerably depending on the level of calculation and depending on the substituents. However, the deviations were in both cases to a large extent within a limit which preserves the descending order of the leading resonance structure weights. The resulting bond orders, i.e., the total, covalent and ionic bond order from NRT calculations, were not affected by the shift in the resonance weights. The analysis of the bond topological parameters resulted in a discrimination between insensitive parameters and sensitive parameters. The stable parameters do neither depend strongly on the method of calculation nor on the basis set. Only minor variation occurs in the numerical values of these parameters, when the level of calculation is changed or even when other functional groups (H, Me, or tBu) are employed, as long as the methods of calculation do not drop considerably below a standard level. The bond descriptors of the sulfur nitrogen bonds were found to be also stable with respect to the functional groups R = H, R = Me, and R = tBu. Stable parameters are the bond distance, the density at the bond critical point (BCP) and the ratio of distances between the BCP and the nuclei A and B, which varies clearly when considering the formal bond type. For very small basis sets like the 3-21G basis set, this characteristic stability collapses. The sensitive parameters are based on the second derivatives of the density with respect to the coordinates. This is in accordance with the well known fact, that the total second derivative of the density with respect to the coordinates is a strongly oscillating function with positive as well as negative values. A profound deviation has to be anticipated as a consequence of strong oscillations. lambda3, which describes the local charge depletion in the direction of the interaction line, is the most varying parameter. A detailed analysis revealed that the position of the BCP in the rampant edge of the Laplacian distribution is responsible for the sensitivity of the numerical value of lambda3 in formal double bonds. Since the slope of the Laplacian assumes very high values in its rampant edge, a tiny displacement of the BCP leads already to a considerable change in lambda3. This instability is not a failure of the underlying theory, but it yields de facto to a considerable dependence of sensitive bond topological properties on the method of calculation and on the applied basis sets. Since the total second derivative is important to judge on the nature of the bond in the AIM theory (closed shell interactions versus shared interactions), the changes in lambda3 can lead to differing chemical interpretations. The comparison of theoretically derived bond topological properties of various sulfur nitrogen bonds provides the possibility to measure the self consistency of this data set. All data sets clearly exhibit a linear correlation between the bond distances and the density at the BCP on one hand and between the bond distances and the Laplacian values at the BCP on the other hand. These correlations were almost independent of the basis set size. In this context, the linear regression has to be regarded exclusively as a descriptive statistics tool. There is no correlation anticipated a priori. The formal bond type was found to be readily deducible from the theoretically obtained bond topological descriptors of the model systems. In this sense, the bond topological properties are self consistent despite of the numerical sensitivity of the derivatives, as exemplified above. Often, calculations are performed with the experimentally derived equilibrium geometries and not with optimized ones. Applying this approach, the computationally costly geometry optimizations are saved. Following this approach the bond topological properties were calculated using very flexible basis sets and employing the fixed experimental geometry (which, of course, includes the application of tBu groups). Regression coe±cients similar to those from optimized geometries were obtained for correlations between bond distances and the densities at the BCP as well as for the correlation between bond distances and the Laplacian at the BCP, i.e. the approach is valid. However, the data points scattered less and the coe±cient of correlation was clearly increased when geometry optimizations were performed beforehand. The comparison between data obtained from theory and experiment revealed fundamental discrepancies: In the data set of bond topological parameters from the experiment, the behavior of only 2 out of 3 insensitive parameters was comparable to the behavior of the theoretically obtained values, i.e. theoretical and experimental bond distances as well as theoretical and experimental densities at the BCP correlate. From the theoretically obtained data it was easy to deduce the formal bond type from the position of the BCP, since it changed in a systematic manner. The respective experimentally obtained values were almost constant and did not change systematically. For the SN bonds containing compounds, the total second derivative assumes exclusively negative values in the experiment. Due to the different internal behavior, experimentally and theoretically sensitive bond topological values could not be compared directly. The qualitative agreement in the Laplacian distribution, however, was excellent. In the third and last part of this work, the application to chemical systems follows. Formal hypervalent molecules, i.e. molecules where some atoms are considered to hold more than 8 electrons in their valence shell, were investigated. These were compounds containing sulfur nitrogen bonds (H(NtBu)2SMe, H2C{S(NtBu)2(NHtBu)}2, S(NtBu)2 and S(NtBu)3) and a highly coordinated silicon compound. The set of sulfur nitrogen compounds also contained a textbook example for valence expansion, the sulfur triimide. For these molecules, experimental reference values were available from high resolution X-ray experiments. The experimental results were in the case of the sulfur triimide not unique. Furthermore, from the experimental bond topological data no definite conclusion about the formal bonding type could be drawn. The situation of sulfur nitrogen bonds in the above mentioned set of molecules was analyzed in terms of a geometry discussion and by means of a topological analysis. The methyl-substituted isolated molecules served as model compounds. For the interpretation of the bonding situation additional NBO/NRT calculations were preformed for the sulfur nitrogen compounds and an ELF calculation and analysis was performed for the silicon compound. The ELF analysis included not only the presentation and discussion of the ELF-isosurfaces (eta = 0.85), but also the investigation of populations of disynaptic valence basins and the percentage contributions to these populations of the individual atoms when the disynaptic valence basins are split into atomic contributions according to Bader's partitioning scheme. The question of chemical interest was whether hypervalency is present in the set of molecules or not. In the first case the octet rule would be violated, in the second case Pauling's verdict would be violated. While the concept of hypervalency is well established in chemistry, the violation of Pauling's verdict is not. The quantitative numbers of the sensitive bond topological values from theory and experiment were not comparable, since no systematic relationship between the experimentally and theoretically determined sensitive bond descriptors was found. However, the insensitive parameters are in good agreement and the qualitative Laplacian distribution is, with few exceptions, in excellent agreement. The formal bonding type was deduced from experimental and theoretical topological data by considering the number and shape of valence shell charge concentrations in proximity to the sulfur and nitrogen centers. The results from NBO/NRT calculations confirmed the findings. All employed density analyzing tools AIM, ELF and NBO/NRT coincided in describing the bonding situation in the formally hypervalent molecules as highly polar. A comparison and analysis of experimentally and theoretically derived electron densities led consistently to the result, that regarding this set of molecules, hypervalency has to be excluded unequivocally.},
  subject      = {Elektronendichtebestimmung},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Rapp2004,
  author    = {Rapp, Ulrike},
  title     = {Achieving protective immunitity against intracellular bacterial pathogens : a study on the efficiency of Gp96 as a vaccine carrier},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-9096},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2004},
  abstract  = {Protective vaccination against intracellular pathogens using HSP fusion proteins in the listeria model.},
  subject      = {Listeria monocytogenes},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Wollmershaeuser2003,
  author    = {Wollmersh{\"a}user, Timo},
  title     = {A theory of managed floating},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-8676},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {After the experience with the currency crises of the 1990s, a broad consensus has emerged among economists that such shocks can only be avoided if countries that decided to maintain unrestricted capital mobility adopt either independently floating exchange rates or very hard pegs (currency boards, dollarisation). As a consequence of this view which has been enshrined in the so-called impossible trinity all intermediate currency regimes are regarded as inherently unstable. As far as the economic theory is concerned, this view has the attractive feature that it not only fits with the logic of traditional open economy macro models, but also that for both corner solutions (independently floating exchange rates with a domestically oriented interest rate policy; hard pegs with a completely exchange rate oriented monetary policy) solid theoretical frameworks have been developed. Above all the IMF statistics seem to confirm that intermediate regimes are indeed less and less fashionable by both industrial countries and emerging market economies. However, in the last few years an anomaly has been detected which seriously challenges this paradigm on exchange rate regimes. In their influential cross-country study, Calvo and Reinhart (2000) have shown that many of those countries which had declared themselves as 'independent floaters' in the IMF statistics were charaterised by a pronounced 'fear of floating' and were actually heavily reacting to exchange rate movements, either in the form of an interest rate response, or by intervening in foreign exchange markets. The present analysis can be understood as an approach to develop a theoretical framework for this managed floating behaviour that - even though it is widely used in practice - has not attracted very much attention in monetary economics. In particular we would like to fill the gap that has recently been criticised by one of the few 'middle-ground' economists, John Williamson, who argued that "managed floating is not a regime with well-defined rules" (Williamson, 2000, p. 47). Our approach is based on a standard open economy macro model typically employed for the analysis of monetary policy strategies. The consequences of independently floating and market determined exchange rates are evaluated in terms of a social welfare function, or, to be more precise, in terms of an intertemporal loss function containing a central bank's final targets output and inflation. We explicitly model the source of the observable fear of floating by questioning the basic assumption underlying most open economy macro models that the foreign exchange market is an efficient asset market with rational agents. We will show that both policy reactions to the fear of floating (an interest rate response to exchange rate movements which we call indirect managed floating, and sterilised interventions in the foreign exchange markets which we call direct managed floating) can be rationalised if we allow for deviations from the assumption of perfectly functioning foreign exchange markets and if we assume a central bank that takes these deviations into account and behaves so as to reach its final targets. In such a scenario with a high degree of uncertainty about the true model determining the exchange rate, the rationale for indirect managed floating is the monetary policy maker's quest for a robust interest rate policy rule that performs comparatively well across a range of alternative exchange rate models. We will show, however, that the strategy of indirect managed floating still bears the risk that the central bank's final targets might be negatively affected by the unpredictability of the true exchange rate behaviour. This is where the second policy measure comes into play. The use of sterilised foreign exchange market interventions to counter movements of market determined exchange rates can be rationalised by a central bank's effort to lower the risk of missing its final targets if it only has a single instrument at its disposal. We provide a theoretical model-based foundation of a strategy of direct managed floating in which the central bank targets, in addition to a short-term interest rate, the nominal exchange rate. In particular, we develop a rule for the instrument of intervening in the foreign exchange market that is based on the failure of foreign exchange market to guarantee a reliable relationship between the exchange rate and other fundamental variables.},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Lin2004,
  author    = {Lin, Chia-Huey},
  title     = {Functional characterization of rat CTLA-4 and CD25+CD4+ regulatory T cells},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-8521},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2004},
  abstract  = {Summary: In the present work, two important negative regulators of T cell responses in rats were examined. At the molecular level, rat CTLA-4, a receptor important for deactivating T cell responses, was examined for the expression pattern and in vitro functions. For this purpose, anti-rat CTLA-4 mAbs were generated. Consistent with the studies in mice and humans, rat CTLA-4 was detectable only in CD25+CD4+ regulatory T cells in unstimulated rats, and was upregulated in all activated T cells. Cross-linking rat CTLA-4 led to the deactivation of anti-TCR- and anti-CD28 stimulated (costimulation) T cell responses such as reduction in activation marker expression, proliferation, and cytokine IL-2 production. Although T cells stimulated with the superagonistic anti-CD28 antibody alone without TCR engagement also increased their CTLA-4 expression, a delayed kinetics of CTLA-4 upregulation was found in cells stimulated in this way. The physiological relevance of this finding needs further investigation. At the cellular level, rat CD25+CD4+ regulatory T cells were examined here in detail. Using rat anti-CTLA-4 mAbs, the phenotype of CD25+CD4+ regulatory T cells was investigated. Identical to the mouse and human Treg phenotype, rat CD25+CD4+ T cells constitutively expressed CTLA-4, were predominantly CD45RC low, and expressed high level of CD62L (L-selectin). CD25+CD4+ cells proliferated poorly and were unable to produce IL-2 upon engagement of the TCR and CD28. Furthermore, rat CD25+CD4+ cells produced high amounts of anti-inflammatory cytokine IL-10 upon stimulation. Importantly, freshly isolated CD25+CD4+ T cells from na{\"i}ve rats exhibited suppressor activities in the in vitro suppressor assays. In vitro, CD25+CD4+ regulatory T cells proliferated vigorously upon superagonistic anti-CD28 stimulation and became very potent suppressor cells. In vivo, a single injection of CD28 superagonist into rats induced transient accumulation and activation of CD25+CD4+ regulatory T cells. These findings suggest firstly that efficient expansion of CD25+CD4+ cells without losing their suppressive effects (even enhance their suppressive activities) can be achieved with the superagonistic anti- CD28 antibody in vitro. Secondly, the induction of disproportional expansion of CD25+CD4+ cells by a single injection of superagonistic anti-CD28 antibody in vivo implies that superagonistic anti-CD28 antibody may be a promising candidate in treating autoimmune diseases by causing a transient increase of activated CD25+CD4+ T cells and thus tipping ongoing autoimmune responses toward selftolerance.},
  subject      = {Ratte},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Huelsewig2003,
  author    = {H{\"u}lsewig, Oliver},
  title     = {Bank lending and monetary policy transmission in Germany},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-8686},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {This study investigates the credit channel in the transmission of monetary policy in Germany by means of a structural analysis of aggregate bank loan data. We base our analysis on a stylized model of the banking firm, which specifies the loan supply decisions of banks in the light of expectations about the future course of monetary policy. Using the model as a guide, we apply a vector error correction model (VECM), in which we identify long-run cointegration relationships that can be interpreted as loan supply and loan demand equations. In this way, the identification problem inherent in reduced form approaches based on aggregate data is explicitly addressed. The short-run dynamics is explored by means of innovation analysis, which displays the reaction of the variables in the system to a monetary policy shock. The main implication of our results is that the credit channel in Germany appears to be effective, as we find that loan supply effects in addition to loan demand effects contribute to the propagation of monetary policy measures.},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Kleen2003,
  author    = {Kleen, Thomas Oliver},
  title     = {Dissociated expression of granzyme B and IFN-gamma by T lymphocytes in HIV-1 infected individuals and its implications for Tc1 effector diversity},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-8460},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {A CD8+ cell-mediated host defense relies on cognate killing of infected target cells and on local inflammation induced by the secretion of IFN-g. Using assays of single cell resolution, it was studied to what extent these two effector function of CD8+ cells are linked. Granzyme B (GzB) is stored in cytolytic granules of CD8+ cells and its secretion is induced by antigen recognition of these cells. Following entry into the cytosol GzB induces apoptosis in the target cells. It was measured whether GzB release by individual CD8+ cells is accompanied by the secretion of IFN-gƒnƒnand of other cytokines. HIV peptide libraries were tested on bulk peripheral blood mononuclear cells and on purified CD4+ and CD8+ cells obtained from HIV infected individuals. The library included a panel of previously defined HLA class I restricted HIV peptides and an overlapping 20-mer peptide-series that covered the entire gp120 molecule. To characterize the in vivo differentiation state of the T-cells, freshly isolated lymphocytes were tested in assays of 24h duration. The data showed that only ~20\% of the peptides triggered the release of both GzB and IFN-g from CD8+ cells. The majority of the HIV peptides induced either GzB or IFN-g, ~40\% in each category. The GzB positive, IFN-g negative CD8+ cells did not produce IL-4 or IL-5, which suggests that they do not correspond to Tc2 cells but represent a novel Tc1 subclass, which was termed Tc1c. Also the IFN-g positive, GzB negative CD8+ cell subpopulation represents a yet undefined CD8+ effector cell lineage that was termed Tc1b. Tc1b and Tc1c cells are likely to make different, possibly antagonistic contributions to the control of HIV infection. Since IFN-g activates HIV replication in latently infected macrophages, the secretion of this cytokine by Tc1b cells in the absence of killing may have adverse effects on the host defense. In contrast, cytolysis by Tc1c cells in the absence of IFN-g production might represent the protective class of response. Further studies in the field of Tc1 effector cell diversity should lead to valuable insights for management of infections and developing rationales for vaccine design.},
  subject      = {Antigen CD8},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{RamirezPineda2003,
  author    = {Ramirez Pineda, Jos{\´e} Robinson},
  title     = {Dendritic cells activated by CpG motifs are potent inducers of a Th1 immune response that protects mice against leishmaniasis},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-8410},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {The present investigation report a protocol to obtain dendritic cells (DC) that protects mice against fatal leishmaniasis. DC were generated from bone marrow precursors, pulsed with leishmanial antigen and activated with CpG oligodeoxinucleotides. Mice that were vaccinated with these cells were strongly protected against the clinical and parasitological manifestations of leishmaniasis and developed a Th1 immune response. protection was solid and long-lasting, and was also dependent of the via of administration. Whe the mechanism of protection was studied, it was observed that the availability of the cytokine interleukin-12 at the time of vaccination was a key requirement, but that the source of this cytokine is not the donor cells but unidentified cells from the recipients.},
  subject      = {Leishmaniose},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Karch2002,
  author    = {Karch, Oliver},
  title     = {Where am I? - Indoor localization based on range measurements},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-8442},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {Nowadays, robotics plays an important role in increasing fields of application. There exist many environments or situations where mobile robots instead of human beings are used, since the tasks are too hazardous, uncomfortable, repetitive, or costly for humans to perform. The autonomy and the mobility of the robot are often essential for a good solution of these problems. Thus, such a robot should at least be able to answer the question "Where am I?". This thesis investigates the problem of self-localizing a robot in an indoor environment using range measurements. That is, a robot equipped with a range sensor wakes up inside a building and has to determine its position using only its sensor data and a map of its environment. We examine this problem from an idealizing point of view (reducing it into a pure geometric one) and further investigate a method of Guibas, Motwani, and Raghavan from the field of computational geometry to solving it. Here, so-called visibility skeletons, which can be seen as coarsened representations of visibility polygons, play a decisive role. In the major part of this thesis we analyze the structures and the occurring complexities in the framework of this scheme. It turns out that the main source of complication are so-called overlapping embeddings of skeletons into the map polygon, for which we derive some restrictive visibility constraints. Based on these results we are able to improve one of the occurring complexity bounds in the sense that we can formulate it with respect to the number of reflex vertices instead of the total number of map vertices. This also affects the worst-case bound on the preprocessing complexity of the method. The second part of this thesis compares the previous idealizing assumptions with the properties of real-world environments and discusses the occurring problems. In order to circumvent these problems, we use the concept of distance functions, which model the resemblance between the sensor data and the map, and appropriately adapt the above method to the needs of realistic scenarios. In particular, we introduce a distance function, namely the polar coordinate metric, which seems to be well suited to the localization problem. Finally, we present the RoLoPro software where most of the discussed algorithms are implemented (including the polar coordinate metric).},
  subject      = {Autonomer Roboter},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Hupp2003,
  author    = {Hupp, Thomas},
  title     = {Ab Initio Treatment of Complex Systems Kohn-Sham Orbitals for Multi Reference Methods and the Base Pairing Properties of Xanthine},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-8244},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {Die vorliegende Arbeit besteht aus zwei Teilen. Der erste untersucht die Eignung von LHF-Orbitalen f{\"u}r Multireferenzverfahren. Das Ziel dieses Teils ist eine effizientere Berechnung angeregter Zust{\"a}nde, was zur spektroskopischen Charakterisierung vieler organischer und bioorganischer Molek{\"u}le wichtig ist. Der zweite Teil befasst sich mit bioorganischen Fragestellungen und untersucht die Paarungseigenschaften der Purinbase Xanthin. Es wird unter anderem die unerwartet hohe Stabilit{\"a}t der Xanthin Selbstpaarung in Alanyl-PNA erkl{\"a}rt und es wird untersucht, auf welche Weise Xanthin in der DNA mutagene Fehlpaarungen mit Thymin eingehen kann. Teil1: Im Unterschied zu HF- und Standard-DFT-Methoden f{\"u}hrt der LHF-Ansatz zu einem vollst{\"a}ndig gebundenen Orbitalspektrum, da Coulomb-Selbstwechselwirkungen im LHF-Ansatz exakt korrigiert werden. Durch die Korrektur der Coulomb-Selbstwechselwirkungen sind im LHF-Ansatz auch die Energien der besetzten Orbitale nicht wie in Standard-DFT-Methoden zu h{\"o}heren Werten verschoben, so dass das Koopmans' Theorem g{\"u}ltig bleibt und die besetzten LHF-Orbitale etwas kompakter als Standard-DFT-Orbitale sind. Die vorliegende Arbeit zeigt, dass beide Eigenschaften deutliche Vorteile f{\"u}r MR-Verfahren darstellen. Die virtuellen LHF-Orbitale sind gut optimiert und erlauben eine effizienteBeschreibung sowohl angeregter Zust{\"a}nde als auch statischer Korrelationseffekte in MRCI und MRPT2-Ans{\"a}tzen. Weiterhin f{\"u}hrt die kompaktere Struktur der besetzten LHF-Orbitale zu einer besseren Beschreibung des kationischen Rumpfes von Rydbergzust{\"a}nden. Andererseits wurden zu beiden genannten Vorteilen auch jeweils ein Beispielmolek{\"u}l gefunden, in dem die Vorteile nicht zum Tragen kommen, und zu deren Beschreibung Orbitale aus HF- oder Standard-DFT-Methoden besser geeignet sind. Diese Beispiele zeigen, dass jeder Einzelfall f{\"u}r sich getestet werden muss, auch wenn die angeregten Zust{\"a}nde der meisten Molek{\"u}le sehr gut mit LHF-Orbitalen beschrieben werden k{\"o}nnen. Teil 2: Im zweiten Teil der vorliegenden Arbeit wurden die Paarungseigenschaften von Xanthin und Xanthinderivaten untersucht. Ziel dieses Teils war es, eine Erkl{\"a}rung f{\"u}r die unerwartet hohe Stabilit{\"a}t des Xanthin Alanyl-PNA Selbstpaarung zu finden. Weiterhin wurde untersucht, weshalb Xanthin, das in der DNA u.a. unter chemischem Stress gebildet wird, mutagene Fehlpaarungen mit der Pyrimidinbase Thymin eingehen kann. Stabilit{\"a}t der Xanthin Alanyl PNA: Zun{\"a}chst wurde durch den Vergleich experimenteller und berechneter 13C-NMR-Spektra das Regiosomer von Xanthin bestimmt, welches zu der ungew{\"o}hnlich hohen Stabilit{\"a}t der Xanthin-Xanthin-Selbstpaarung in Alanyl-PNA verantwortlich ist. Zur Untersuchung der Stabilit{\"a}t der Xanthin-Selbstpaarung wurde ein stark vereinfachendes Modell aufgestellt,in dem die Stabilit� at der PNA-Duplexe nur {\"u}ber die Energiebeitr{\"a}ge aus den Wasserstoffbr{\"u}cken (EDim) und der Basenstapelung (EStap) bestimmt wird. Die Dimerisierungs- und Stapelungsenergien unterschiedlicher Paarungen wurden mit DFT- und MP2-Methoden bestimmt. Solvenseffekte wurden {\"u}ber ein Kontinuummodell erfasst und der Einfluss des peptidischen R{\"u}ckgrats auf die Stapelungsgeometrie wurde durch Kraftfeldmethoden ber{\"u}cksichtigt. W{\"a}hrend die einzelnen Energiekomponenten aus den H-Br� ucken und der Basenstapelung keinen eindeutigen Zusammenhang zu den Schmelztemperaturen erkennen lassen, korreliert die Summe aus beiden linear mit den experimentell ermittelten Tm-Werten. Dies bedeutet, dass die Beitr{\"a}ge aus der Entropie, der molekularen Wasserumgebung und der R{\"u}ckgratspannung sich entweder aufheben oder f� ur alle behandelten Systeme sehr {\"a}hnlich sind. Die Stabilit{\"a}t der Xanthin-Xanthin- und die der 2,6-Diaminopurin-Xanthin-Paarung, ergibt sich durch einen erh{\"o}hten Stapelungsbeitrag der Purinpaarungen, w{\"a}hrend die Wasserstoffbr{\"u}cken der Xanthin Selbstpaarung nur wenig zur Stabilisierung des Xanthin-Xanthin und des Xanthin-Diaminopurin-Alanyl-PNA-Doppelstrangs beitragen. Paarungseigenschaften von N9-Xanthin: Zur Untersuchung der Paarungseigenschaften von N9-Xanthin wurden zun� achst H-verbr{\"u}ckte Homodimere von Xanthin untersucht. Hierbei wurden extreme Variationen in den Bindungsst{\"a}rken der einzelnen H-Br{\"u}cken gefunden, die sich zwischen -4 bis -11 kcal/mol in der Gasphase und -2.5 bis -5 kcal/mol im Solvens betragen. Durch Vergleich mit Modellsystemen konnte die starke Varianz der H-Br{\"u}ckenst{\"a}rke auf anziehende bzw. abstoßende sekund{\"a}re elektrostatische Wechselwirkungen zur{\"u}ckgef{\"u}hrt werden. Weiterhin wurde das Homodimer von Hypoxanthin untersucht, bei dem die H-Br{\"u}cken durch eine Erh{\"o}hung der Aromatizit{\"a}t im Pyrimidinring zus{\"a}tzlich verst{\"a}rkt werden, was zu einer deutlichen Stabilisierung des Dimers f{\"u}hrt. Elektronische Effekte m{\"u}ssen vor allem deshalb ber{\"u}cksichtigt werden, da sie im Unterschied zu rein elektrostatischen Effekten deutlich weniger von der Solvensumgebung beein usst werden. Mutagenit{\"a}t von Hypoxanthin und Xanthin: Zur Erkl{\"a}rung der Mutagenit{\"a}t von Hypoxanthin und Xanthin wurden verschiedene neutrale und anionische Watson-Crick Basenpaarungen von Hypoxanthin und Xanthin mit Pyrimidinbasen berechnet. Hierbei wurden u. a. auch tautomere und anionische Formen von Xanthin ber{\"u}cksichtigt. Zur Bewertung der erhaltenen Dimerisierungsenergien wurden die Paarungen danach klassifiziert, ob ihre Geometrien mit denen der kanonischen Basenpaarungen deckungsgleich sind, oder ob sie in einer verzerrten Watson-Crick Geometrie vorliegen, was die Einbaurate in die DNA aufgrund des r{\"a}umlichen Anspruchs der DNA-Polymerase vermindert. Die Rechnungen zeigen, dass Xanthin nur mit Cytosin Watson-Crick-Paarungen eingehen kann, welche jedoch nur sehr schwach gebunden sind. In der neutralen Form scheint eine dreiz{\"a}hnige Basenpaarung unter Beteiligung einer tautomeren Form des Xanthins etwas stabiler zu sein als die zweiz{\"a}hnige Paarung von Diketoxanthin mit Cytosin. Da die Dimerisierungsenergie sowohl der neutralen als auch der anionischen Basenpaarung nur wenig unter 0 kcal/mol liegt, ist der Einbau der Xanthin-Cytosin-Paarung in die DNA zwar aufgrund der g{\"u}nstigen Geometrie m{\"o}glich, wird aber nicht durch einen Energiebeitrag aus den H-Br{\"u}cken verst{\"a}rkt. Die im Vergleich zur Guanin-Cytosin Paarung deutlich geringere Aromatizit{\"a}t von Xanthin zu Cytosin ist im Einklang mit dem experimentellen Befund, dass die Cytosin-Xanthin Paarung deulich langsamer als die Guanin-Cytosin Paarungen in die DNA eingebaut werden. W{\"a}hrend die Rechnungen nur eine geringe Aromatizit{\"a}t von Xanthin zu Cytosin vorhersagen, scheint das Anion von Xanthin in der Lage zu sein, eine sehr stabile Basenpaarung mit Thymin einzugehen. Allerdings muss die Dimerisierungsenergie die schlechtere Anpassung in die Bindungstasche der DNA-Polymerase ausgleichen, da die Paarung in einer etwas verzerrten Watson-Crick Geometrie vorliegt. Insgesamt wird die Paarung daher nicht schneller in die DNA eingebaut, wie erwartet aufgrund der H-Br{\"u}ckenst{\"a}rken, stattdessen besitzt sie eine {\"a}hnliche Einbaurate wie die geometrisch g{\"u}nstigere aber weniger stabile Xanthin-Cytosin Paarung.},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Noskov2003,
  author    = {Noskov, Andrey},
  title     = {Structural and functional studies of the Interleukin-5 receptor system},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-8195},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {The aim of current work was contribution to the long-term ongoing project on developing human IL-5 agonists/antagonists that intervene with or inhibit IL-5 numerous functions in cell culture and/or in animal disease models. To facilitate design of an IL-5 antagonist variant or low-molecular weight mimetics only capable of binding to the specific receptor alpha chain, but would lack the ability to attract the receptor common \&\#946;-chain and thus initiate receptor complex activation it is necessary to gain the information on minimal structural and functional epitopes. Such a strategy was successfully adopted in our group on example of Interleukin 4. To precisely localize minimal structural epitope it is essential to have structure of the ligand in its bound form and especially informative would be structure of complex of the ligand and its specific receptor alpha chain. For this purpose large quantities (tens of milligrams), retaining full biological activity IL-5 and extracellular domain of IL-5 specific receptor \&\#945;-chain were expressed in a bacterial expression system (E.coli). After successful refolding proteins were purified to 95-99\% Stable and soluble receptor:ligand complex was prepared. Each established purification and refolding procedures were subjected to optimization targeting maximal yields and purity. Produced receptor:ligand complex was applied to crystallization experiments. Microcrystals were initially obtained with a flexible sparse matrix screening methodology. Crystal quality was subsequently improved by fine-tuning of the crystallization conditions. At this stage crystals of about 800x150x30µm in size can be obtained. They possess desirable visible characteristics of crystals including optical clarity, smooth facecs and sharp edges. Crystals rotate plane polarized light reflecting their well internal organization. Unfortunately relative slimness and sometimes cluster nature of the produced crystals complicates acquisition of high-resolution dataset and resolution of the structure. With some of obtained crystals diffraction to a resolution up to 4{\AA} was observed.},
  subject      = {Interleukin 5},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Majidifard2003,
  author    = {Majidifard, Mahmoud Reza},
  title     = {Biostratigraphy, lithostratigraphy, ammonite taxonomy and microfacies analysis of the Middle and Upper Jurassic of northeastern Iran},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-8045},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {The Middle and Upper Jurassic sedimentary successions of Alborz in northern Iran and Koppeh Dagh in northeastern Iran comprise four formations; Dalichai, Lar (Alborz) and Chaman Bid, Mozduran (Koppeh Dagh). In this thesis, the biostratigraphy, lithostratigraphy, microfacies, depositional environments and palaeobiogeography of these rocks are discussed with special emphasis on the abundant ammonite fauna. They constitute a more or less continuous sequence, being confined by two tectonic events, one at the base, in the uppermost part of the Shemshak Formation (Bajocian), the so-called Mid-Cimmerian Event, the other one at the top (early Cretaceous), the so-called Late-Cimmerian Event. The lowermost unit constitutes the uppermost member of a siliciclastic and partly continental depositional sequence known as Shemshak Formation. It contains a fairly abundant ammonite fauna ranging in age from Aalenian to early Bajocian. The following unit (Dalichai Formation) begins everywhere with a significant marine transgression of late Bajocian age. The following four sections were measured: The Dalichai section (97 m) with three members; the Golbini-Jorbat composite section (449 m) with three members of the Dalichai Formation (414 m) and two members of the Lar Formation (414 m); the Chaman Bid section (1556 m) with seven members, and the Tooy-Takhtehbashgheh composite section (567 m) with three members of the Chaman Bid Formation (567 m) and four members of the Mozduran Formation (1092 m). Altogether, 80 species of ammonites from the Dalichai and Chaman Bid formations belonging to 30 genera and 16 families are described. Among the taxa Phylloceratidae are most abundant, followed by Ataxioceratidae, Perisphinctidae, and Cardioceratidae. Pachyceratidae are the least common family. The ammonite fauna is of low diversity and is concentrated in several levels. Some of the ammonite genera and species are recorded from Iran for the first time. These include Pachyceras lalandei, Cardioceras praecordatum, Microbajocisphinctes sp., Geyssantia geyssanti, Larcheria schilli, Passendorferia sp., Sequeirosia sp., Phanerostephanus subsenex, Nothostephanus sp., Nannostephanus cf. subcomutus, Parawedekindia callomoni, Physodoceras sp., Extrenodites sp.. Biostratigraphically, thirty ammonite zones have been recognized for the Middle and Upper Jurassic successions at the four studied sections. Based on ammonites, the Dalichai Formation ranges from the Upper Bajocian to Callovian (Dalichai section) and from the Upper Bajocian to Lower Tithonian (Golbini-Jorbat section), the Chaman Bid Formation ranges from the ?Bathonian to Lower Tithonian (Chaman Bid section) and from the Upper Bajocian to Middle Kimmeridgian (Tooy-Takhtehbashgheh section), the Lar Formation ranges from the Middle to Upper Tithonian (Golbini-Jorbat section), and the Mozduran Formation from the Upper Kimmeridgian to ?Tithonian. Forty-four Microfacies types are briefly described. They were grouped into 16 facies associations, which then were interpreted in terms of their palaeoenvironments. They are part of a carbonate system consisting of a platform and adjacent slope to basin. Five major environments are represented: Tidal flat, shelf lagoon, and platform margin barrier as parts of the carbonate platform, and slope to basin representing open marine conditions. The sediments of the Dalichai and Chaman Bid formations are the slope and basinal sediments of the diachronous Lar and Mozduran formations, which formed an extensive carbonate platform in the Middle and Upper Jurassic.},
  subject      = {Chorasan},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Musch2003,
  author    = {Musch, Patrick},
  title     = {Large-Scale Applications of Multi-Reference Methods in Chemistry and Development of a Multi-Reference Moller-Plesset Perturbation Theory Program},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-7741},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {The first part of this work focuses on the characterization of systems which complex electronic structures require the application of multi-reference methods. The anti-tumor efficacy of the natural product Neocarzinostatin is based on the formation of diradicals and causes DNA cleavage and finally cytolysis. Computations on model systems performed in the present work show the influence of structural features on the mode of action and the efficacy of this antitumor-antibiotic. The cyclization of systems related to the enyne-cumulene framework like the enyne-allenes was investigated earlier and relations to the more unusual class of enyne-ketenes are analyzed. The class of enyne-ketenes (and also the enyne-allenes) show a broad spectrum of possible intermediates (diradicals, zwitterions, allenes). The electronic structures of these intermediates are also possible for the (heteroatom substituted) 1,2,4-cyclohexatriene and a model for their energetic sequence based on high-level multi-reference computations is proposed. In all three projects the application of multi-reference approaches is necessary to obtain a comprehensive picture of the reactivity and electronic structure but also shows up the limits inherently existing in the currently available programs with respect to the size of the molecules. In the second part, algorithms for a multi-reference Moller-Plesset perturbation theory (MR-MP2) program, designed to perform large-scale computations, were developed and implemented. The MR-MP2 approach represents the most cost-effective multireference ansatz and requires an efficient evaluation of the Hamilton matrix for which an algorithm is designed to instantly recognize only non-vanishing matrix elements and to employ the recurring interaction patterns of the Hamilton matrix. The direct construction of the Hamilton matrix is additionally parallelized to work on cluster environments.},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Kocher2003,
  author    = {Kocher, Nikolaus},
  title     = {Experimental charge density studies of highly polar bonds},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-7614},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {The main aim of this work was the classification of highly polar E-N (E = Al, Si, P) and Li-E' (E' = C, N, O) bonds in terms of ionic (closed-shell) or covalent (shared) interactions. To answer this question the experimentally determined electron density was analyzed using Bader's theory of 'Atoms in Molecules' (AIM). This allows a quantitative evaluation of properties derived from the electron density, such as the Laplacian, the ellipticitiy and the ratio of the highest charge concentration perpendicular to the bond path, to the largest charge depletion along the bonding vector. Most of these properties were monitored along the entire bonding region and not limited to the BCP as in former studies. The analyses are completed by the calculation of the electronic energy densities Hl at the BCPs and the integration of atomic basins also defined within the AIM theory. The electrostatic potential (ESP) was computed from the multipole parameters to reveal preferred reactive sites of the structures under investigation. Apart from that, the multipole formalism was applied to problematic crystal structures in order to open this method for twinned samples or those including disordered groups in the molecule.},
  subject      = {Elektronendichte},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Attia2003,
  author    = {Attia, Mohamad Ibrahim},
  title     = {Design, synthesis and pharmacological evaluation of certain GABAB agonists},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-7551},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {Ziel dieser Arbeit war die Synthese von (RS)-5-Amino-3-aryl(methyl)-pentans{\"a}ure Hydrochloride, 3-Aminomethyl-5-chlor-benzols{\"a}ure Hydrochlorid und(RS)-4-Amino-3-(4´-ethynyl(jod)-phenyl)-butans{\"a}ure Hydrochloride und die Testung der pharmakologischen Aktivit{\"a}t dieser Verbindungen. Die synthetisierten Verbindungen wurden als GABAB-Rezeptor Agonisten, in einem auf Ca2+-Messungen basierenden Funktional-Assay (in vitro tsA Zellen mit GABAB1b/GABAB2/G\&\#945;q-z5 transfektiert), getestet und daraus ein Struktur-Aktivit{\"a}ts Modell abgeleitet. Im allgemein Teil dieser Arbeit wird ein {\"U}berblick, {\"u}ber die Neurotransmitter- Rezeptoren (Liganden gesteuerte Ionen-Kanal-Rezeptoren und G Protein-gekoppelte Rezeptoren) des zentralen Nervensystems und deren Agonisten und Antagonisten, gegeben. Eine ausf{\"u}hrliche Diskussion zur Synthesestrategie der Verbindungen der Zwischenstufen und der Ausgangsmaterialien wird in den Schemata 2-6 beschrieben. Die synthetisierten Verbindungen wurden als GABAB Agonisten gepr{\"u}ft. Zus{\"a}tzlich wurden diese im 3D Homologie Modell mit FlexiDock Programm gedockt. Daraus wurde ein Modell zur Voraussage der Aktivit{\"a}t von Analogen und Homologen des Baclofens abgeleitet. Letztendlich wurde ein Pharmakophor-Modell f{\"u}r GABAB Agonisten mit DISCO (DIStance COmparisons) Programm erstellt.},
  subject      = {Baclofen},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Roth2003,
  author    = {Roth, Martin},
  title     = {Functional and developmental characterisation of matrix binding sites in decapentaplegic},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-7542},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {In the last years it became evident that many cytokines do not only bind to their specific cell surface receptors but also interact with components of the extracellular matrix. Mainly in Drosophila, several enzymes were identified, that are involved in glycosaminoglycan synthesis. Mutations in these enzymes mostly result in disturbances of several signaling pathways like hedgehog, wingless, FGF or dpp. In most cases it was, due to these pleiotropic effects, not possible to examine the relevance of matrix interactions for single pathways. The aim of this work was to examine the relevance of matrix interactions for the TGF-ß superfamily member DPP. Based on the fact that DPP is highly homologous to human BMP-2, the basic N-terminus of mature DPP was mutated, which has been shown to contain a heparin-binding site in BMP-2. Thus, a wildtype variant (D-MYC), a deletion variant (D-DEL), which lacked the whole basic part of the N-terminus and a duplication variant (D-DUP), which contained a second copy of the basic core moitiv, were generated. In order to characterise the variants biochemically, they were expressed in E.coli and refolded in a bioactive form. In chicken limbbud assay, the deletion variant was much more active than the wildtype variant, comparable to data of BMP-2. By means of biacore mesurements with the immobilised ectodomain of the high affinity type I receptor thick veins, it could be demonstrated, that the variants differ only in matrix binding and not in their receptor affinity. Different matrix binding was shown by Heparin FPLC. The biological relevance of the matrix interaction of DPP was examined in transgenic flies. To allow expression of the different variants under the control of various Gal4 driver lines, they were cloned behind an UAS-promoter site. In early tracheal development, a strong dependence of DPP signaling on matrix binding was observed. While ectopic expression of the deletion variant caused only minor defects, the branching pattern was strongly disturbed by overexpression of wildtype and duplication variant. Ubiquitous expression of the variants in the wing imaginal disc caused overproliferation of the disc and expansion of the omb target gene expression. The extent of phenotypes correlated with the matrix binding ability of the variants. Corresponding disturbances of the wing vein pattern was observed in adult flies. By the crossing of different dpp allels, transheterozygous animals were created, that lack dpp only in imaginal discs. Expression of the variants under the control of a suitable dpp-Gal4 driver line revealed insights into the biological relevance of matrix binding on DPP gradient formation and specific target gene activation in wing imaginal discs. It was shown, that all variants were able to generate a functional DPP gradient with correct expression of the target genes omb and spalt. Again a correlation between extent of target gene domains and matrix binding ability of the corresponding variants was found. Thus by mutating the N-terminus of DPP, it could be shown that this is responsible for DPP`s matrix interaction. Also the relevance of matrix binding of DPP in different tissues was examined. It turned out, that the reorganisation of tracheal branching by DPP strongly depends on matrix interactions wheras the establishing of a gradient in wing imaginal discs depends only gradually on matrix interactions. Based on these data a model for the action of DPP/TGFßs as morphogens was established. While a deletion of matrix binding leads to a decrease in specific bioactivity of the cytokine, the latter is increased by additional matrix binding sites.},
  subject      = {Taufliege},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Schulz2003,
  author    = {Schulz, Heidi},
  title     = {Towards a comprehensive description of the human retinal transcriptome: identification and characterization of differentially expressed genes},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-7278},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {The human retina is a multilayered neuroectodermal tissue specialized in the transformation of light energy into electric impulses which can be transmitted to the brain where they are perceived as vision. Since the retina is easily accessible and functional aspects are directly recordable, the study of this tissue has been at the forefront of neuroscience research for over a century. Studies have revealed that the distinct functions of the retina require a large degree of differentiation which is achieved by the coordinated function of approximately 55 different cell types. The highly structured anatomy and the functional differentiation of the retina is a result of its distinctive transcriptome and proteome. Due to the complexity of the retina it has been difficult to estimate the number of genes actively transcribed in this tissue. Great efforts in the elucidation of retinal disease genes have led to the identification of 139 retina disease loci with 90 of the corresponding genes cloned thus far . In contrast to the success in the hereditary disorders, efforts to identify the genetic factors conferring manifestations known as age-related macular degeneration (AMD) have revealed sparse results. AMD is a retinal disease affecting a significant percentage of the older population. This disorder is likely due to exogenic as well as genetic factors. To further our understanding of retinal physiology and facilitate the identification of genes underlying retinal degenerations, particularly AMD, our efforts concentrated on the systematic analysis of the retinal transcriptome. Since approximately half of all retinal degeneration-associated genes identified to date are preferentially expressed in retina, it is plausible that the investigation of gene expression profiles and the identification of retina-expressed transcripts could be an important starting point for characterizing candidate genes for the retinal diseases. The expressed sequence tags approach included the assessment of all retinal expressed sequence tags (EST) clusters indexed in the UniGene database and of 1080 single-pass ESTs derived from an in-house generated human retina suppression subtracted hybridization (SSH) cDNA library. In total, 6603 EST clusters were evaluated during this thesis and detailed in-silico analysis was performed on 750 EST clusters. The expression of the genes was evaluated using reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR), followed by confirmation using quantitative reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction (qRT-PCR), as well as conventional and virtual Northern blot analysis. The expression profiling of 337 selected EST clusters led to the identification of 111 transcripts, of which 60 are specific or abundant to the retina, 3 are expressed at high levels in the retinal pigment epithelium (RPE), and 48 are expressed in brain as well as in retina. The EST approach used to select candidate transcripts allowed us to assess the effectiveness of the two available resources, the UniGene database and the retinal SSH (retSSH) cDNA library. From the results obtained, it is evident that the generation of suppression subtracted libraries to identify cell-specific transcripts constitutes the most straight-forward and efficient strategy. In addition to the high percentage of candidate genes that are identified from an SSH cDNA library, it has the added benefit that genes expressed at low levels can be identified. Furthermore, comparison of our retina-enriched gene set with previously published studies demonstrated only limited overlap of the identified genes further confirming the valuable source of retinal genes from our retinal SSH cDNA library. The effort of our and other groups has resulted in the establishment of the full-length coding sequence of 55 of the 111 genes uniquely or preferentially expressed in the retina. Using various methods such as bioinformatical analysis, EST assembly, cDNA library screening, and rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE) a number of genes were cloned in the scope of this thesis including C1orf32, C4orf11, C7orf9, C12orf7, C14orf29, DAPL1, and GRM7. Bioinformatic analyses and cDNA library screening were used to isolate the full-length cDNA sequence and determine the genomic organization of C7orf9, also identified as RFRP. This 1190 bp retina-specific transcript from chromosome 7p15.3 encodes a precursor protein for at least two small neuropeptides, referred to as RFRP-1 and RFRP-3. Since C7orf9 is localized in the critical region for dominant cystoid macular dystrophy (CYMD) its role in the pathology was investigated. Southern blot analysis and sequencing of samples from two affected individuals of the original pedigree used to localize the disease gene excluded the gene from involvement in this disease. Multiple isoforms of the C12orf7 gene were assembled from a number of clones identified from library screenings, PCR amplifications, and RACE experiments. The gene variants, transcribed from chromosome 12q13.13, have been found to be expressed exclusively in retina. Because of the multiple alternative splicing of the gene, we can only speculate about the nature of the protein it encodes. The longest transcript, which includes all six exons plus the last intervening sequence, encodes a 471 aa protein which contains a nuclear localization signal and five ankyrin repeats. The existence of many isoforms is also observed in mouse suggesting that they may have a relevant role in cellular physiology. Five novel splice variants of the glutamate metabotropic receptor 7 (GRM7) resulting from the use of alternative 3'-end exons were identified and characterized. One of the novel variants, GRM7_v3, encodes a 924 aa protein and is therefore the longest putative GRM7 protein reported to date. Even though they are not retina-specific, the isoforms are preferentially expressed in the nervous system. Although the functional properties of the specific carboxyl-termini are still unclear, it is known that axon targeting of GRM7_v1 is mediated by the last 60 aa of the protein. Hence the novel isoforms may direct the protein to specific subcellular localizations. The C1orf32 gene, preferentially expressed in retina, is organized in 10 exons and is transcribed from chromosome 1q24.1. Bioinformatic analyses of the 639 aa putative protein not only identified the mouse and rat orthologous genes but also the LISCH7 gene as a potential member of the same family. Since the LISCH7 protein has been shown to function as a low density lipoprotein receptor, the C1orf32 protein may be involved in retinal lipid homeostasis. Disturbances in lipid metabolism have been proposed as one of the pathways involved in AMD etiology. Thus, the role of C1orf32 in this complex disease should be investigated. Expression analyses of the death-associated protein-like 1 (DAPL1) gene revealed that it is expressed in both the retina and the RPE at high levels. The 552 bp transcript encodes a 107 aa putative protein and is transcribed from chromosome 2q24.1. In-silico analyses identified an additional 12 related proteins from various species which share high similarity constituting a novel protein family. The similarity to the death-associated-protein (DAP) is particularly interesting since this protein has been found to be indispensable for programmed cell death. Therefore, DAPL1 is an excellent candidate for retinal disease as apoptosis is generally the ultimate cause in retinal degeneration. The retina-specific C4orf11 and C14orf29 genes localized on chromosome 4q21.22 and 14q22.1, respectively, are both transcribed in more than one isoform. The encoded proteins do not contain any known domains but because of their retina-specific expression they may be important for proper retinal physiology. As part of the long-term goals of the project, several of the cloned genes are being genotyped to construct single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) maps. Projects to investigate haplotype frequencies of candidate genes in large cohorts of controls and AMD patients are ongoing. Thus, by establishing a collection of 111 genes expressed exclusively or preferentially in the retina, the present work has laid the foundation for future research in retinal diseases.},
  subject      = {Netzhaut},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Kilic2002,
  author    = {Kilic, Mehtap},
  title     = {Formation of caspase activating complexes and activation of caspase-12 during apoptosis in AKR-2B mouse fibroblasts},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-7190},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {Der Zelltod kann in Dichte-arretierten AKR-2B Mausfibroblasten durch Entzug des Serums oder Behandlung mit Anisomycin induziert werden. Der Zelltod zeigt zwar die f{\"u}r die Apoptose typischen morphologischen Ver{\"a}nderungen der Zelle wie Zellfragmentierung und Chromatinkondensation jedoch fehlen andere apoptotische Charakteristika, wie die oligonukleosomale Fragmentierung der DNA oder {\"A}nderung des Membranpotentials der Mitochondria. W{\"a}hrend der Apoptose wurde eine beachtliche DEVDase Aktivit{\"a}t nach- gewiesen, die einem einzelnen Enzym zugeordnet werden konnte. Dieses Enzym hatte typische Eigenschaften von Effektor-Caspasen, wie die der Caspase-3, besaß jedoch einen ungew{\"o}hnlich hohen KM Wert von 100 µM, und die Molmasse der großen Untereinheit betrug 19 kDa anstelle der erwarteten 17 kDa. Mit Hilfe des rekombinanten mCaspase-3 Proteins wurde dieses Enzym in der vorliegenden Untersuchung als Caspase-3 identifiziert. Die N-terminale Sequenzierung des mCaspase-3 Proteins ergab, daß sich die Spaltstelle seiner Prodom{\"a}ne von der des humanen homologen Proteins unterschied (Asp-9 von Asp-28). Somit betrug die Molmasse der großen Untereinheit der aktiven Caspase-3 19 kDa. Dar{\"u}berhinaus stimmte der KM-Wert der rekombinanter mCaspase-3 von ~100 µM mit der {\"u}berein, die in Zellextrakten bestimmt wurde. Die Affinit{\"a}tmarkierung in Kombination mit einer 2D-Gelelektrophorese best{\"a}tigte, daß tats{\"a}chlich Caspase-3 als Haupt-Effektor-Caspase in AKR-2B-Zellen w{\"a}hrend der Apoptose aktiviert wird. Im Folgenden wurde untersucht, welcher Signalwege in AKR-2B-Zellen, denen Serum aus dem N{\"a}hrmedia entzogen wurden war oder die mit Anisomycin behandelt worden waren, zur Aktivierung der Caspase-3 f{\"u}hrt. Da eine Beteiligunug des Rezeptor-vermittelte Signalweges bereits zuvor ausgeschlossen worden war,wurde {\"u}berpr{\"u}ft, ob der mitochondrial vermittelte Signalweg bei der Aktivierung von Caspase-3 ein Rolle spielt. Gelfiltrations- experimente ergaben, daß Caspase-3 als freies Enzym und nur in geringen Mengen innerhalb unterschiedlich große Komplexe der Molmassen 600 kDa und 250 kDa eluiert wird. Obwohl die apparenten Molmassen der Caspase-3-haltigen Komplexe mit k{\"u}rzlich ver{\"o}ffentlichten Daten {\"u}bereinstimmten, enthielten sie weder Apaf-1 noch Caspase-9. Dies deutet daraufhin, daß der mitochondrial-vermittelte Signalweg ebenfalls nicht an der Caspase-3 Aktivierung beteiligt ist. Dar{\"u}berhinaus wurde ein neuer Caspase-6 enthaltender Komplex (450 kDa) nach Serumentzug in AKR-2B-Zellen gefunden, der sich deutlich von Caspase-3 haltigen Komplexen unterscheidet. Caspase-3 ist f{\"u}r die meisten morphologische Ver{\"a}nderungen w{\"a}hrend der Apoptose verantwortlich. Wahrend der Apoptose in der AKR-2B-Zellen zwar Caspase-3 als Haupt-Effektor-Caspase identifiziert worden war, jedoch keine intranukleosomale Fragmentierung nachgeweisen werden konnen, da bei wurde die intrazellul{\"a}re Lokalisation der Caspase-3 untersucht. Durch {\"U}berexpression eines Caspase-3-GFP Fusionskonstruktes in AKR-2B Zellen wurde die Procaspase-3 im Cytoplasma lokalisiert, w{\"a}hrend die aktive Caspase-3 vorwiegend in membranumh{\"u}llten Vesikeln und zum Teil im Cytoplasma aktiviert wurde. Ebenfalls wurde eine m{\"o}gliche Beteiligung von Caspase-12 und eine ER-Streß vermittelte Signalleitung an der Apoptose in AKR-2B-Zellen untersucht. Kinetische Untersuchungen zeigten, daß Caspase-12 im Fall von Serumentzug oder Behandlung mit Anisomycin zeitgleich mit Caspase-3 aktiviert wurde, was zur Bildung von zwei Spaltprodukte der Molmassen 47 kDa und 35 kDa f{\"u}hrte. Gelfiltrationsexperimente ergaben, daß Caspase-12 als freies Enzym w{\"a}hrend der Apoptose auftritt. Bis zu diesem Zeitpunkt wurde in allen Publikationen beschrieben, daß Caspase-12 in Folge von ER-Streß aktiviert wird. Nach Serumentzug oder Zugabe von Anisomycin zu AKR-2B-Zellen wurde jedoch kein Anstieg der Synthese des Chaperon-Proteins Grp78, einem Marker f{\"u}r ER-Streß, beobachtet. Dies zeigt, daß beide Behandlungen nicht zur ER-Streß f{\"u}hren. Im Gegensatz dazu erzeugten bekannte Indikatoren von ER Streß wie Thapsigargin und A23187 (ionophor) ER-Streß in AKR-2B-Zellen, was zu unspezifischem Abbau der Caspase-12 f{\"u}hrte. Darum ist es unwahrscheinlich, daß in AKR-2B- Zellen Caspase-12 bei ER-Streß aktiviert wird. Zusammenfassend zeigten diese Daten, daß Caspase-12 in AKR-2B-Zellen {\"u}ber Signalwegen aktiviert wird, die ER stress un- abh{\"a}ngig sind und zeigen daß Caspase-3 bei der Aktivierung von Caspase-12 beteiligt ist somit liefern die vorliegenden Untersuchungen einen Hinweis darauf daß neben den klassischen Signalwege weitere Signalwege existieren, die zur Apoptose f{\"u}hrten.},
  subject      = {Apoptosis},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Pavel2003,
  author    = {Pavel, Ioana-Emilia},
  title     = {Vibrational spectroscopy and density functional theory calculations, a powerful approach for the characterization of pharmaceuticals and new organometallic complexes},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-7186},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {In the current work, several well-known pharmaceuticals (1,4-dihydrazinophthalazine sulfate, caffeine, and papaverine hydrochloride) and new organometallic compounds (nickel(II) cupferronato complexes NiL2An, L = PhN2O2-, n = 1, A = o-phenanthroline (1), o,o'-bipyridine (2) and n = 2, A = H2O (3), o-NH2Py (4), o-C6H4(NH2)2 (5); silylene-bridged dinuclear iron complexes [Cp(OC)2Fe]2SiX2 (X = H (6), F (7), Cl (8), Br (9), I (10)); 3-silaoxetane 3,3-dimethyl-2,2,4,4-tetraphenyl-1-oxa-3-silacyclobutane (11) and 3-silathietane 3,3-dimethyl-2,2,4,4-tetraphenyl-1-sila-3-thiacyclobutane (12) compounds), which have successfully been characterized by using vibrational spectroscopy in conjunction with accurate density functional theory (DFT) calculations, are presented. The DFT computed molecular geometries of the species of interest reproduced the crystal structure data very well and in conjunction with IR and Raman measurements helped us to clarify the structures of the compounds, for which no experimental data were available; and this, especially for the new organometallic compounds, where the X-Ray analysis was limited by the non-availability of single crystals (3, 5, 10). Furthermore, a natural population analysis (NPA) and natural bond orbital (NBO) calculations together with a detailed analysis of the IR and Raman experimental as well as calculated spectra of the new organometallic compounds, allowed us to study some special bonding situations (1-12) or to monitor the structural changes observed with the change in temperature during the Raman experiments (11, 12). By combining these two methods (DFT and vibrational spectroscopy), the auspicious results obtained on the organometallic compounds 6-12 and overall in literature, made us confident of the power of theoretical calculations in aiding the interpretation of rich SERS spectra by solving some interesting issues. Consequently, the Raman and SERS spectra of well-known pharmaceuticals (1,4-dihydrazinophthalazine sulfate, caffeine, and papaverine hydrochloride) or new potentially biological active organometallic complexes (1-5), that were synthetized by our coworkers, were discussed with the assistance of the accurate results obtained from DFT calculations (structural parameters, harmonic vibrational wavenumbers, Raman scattering activities), and many previous incomplete assignments have been analyzed and improved. This allowed us to establish the vibrational behavior of these biological compounds near a biological artificial model at different pH values or concentrations (Ag substrate), taking into account that information about the species present under particular conditions could be of great importance for the interpretation of biochemical processes. The total electron density of molecules and the partial charges situated on selected atoms, which were determined theoretically by NPA, allowed us to establish the probability of different atoms acting as an adsorptive site for the metal surface. Moreover, a closer examination of the calculated orbitals of molecules brought further arguments on the presence or absence of the photoproducts at the Ag surface during the irradiation (1,4-dihydrazinophthalazine sulfate). Overall, the results provide a benchmark illustration of the virtues of DFT in aiding the interpretation of rich vibrational spectra attainable for larger polyatomic adsorbates by using SERS, as well as in furnishing detailed insight into the relation between the vibrational properties and the nature of the Ag substrate-adsorbate bonding. Therefore, we strongly believe that theoretical calculations will become a matter of rapidly growing scientific and practical interest in SERS.},
  subject      = {Arzneimittel},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Drueppel2003,
  author    = {Dr{\"u}ppel, Kirsten},
  title     = {Petrogenesis of the Mesoproterozoic anorthosite, syenite and carbonatite suites of NW Namibia and their contribution to the metasomatic formation of the Swartbooisdrif sodalite deposits},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-6987},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {During the Mesoproterozoic large volumes of magma were repeatedly emplaced within the basement of NW Namibia. Magmatic activity started with the intrusion of the anorthositic rocks of the Kunene Intrusive Complex (KIC) at 1,385-1,347 Ma. At its south-eastern margin the KIC was invaded by syenite dykes (1,380-1,340 Ma) and younger carbonatites (1,140-1,120 Ma) along ENE and SE trending faults. Older ferrocarbonatite intrusions, the 'carbonatitic breccia', frequently contain wallrock fragments, whereas subordinate ferrocarbonatite veins are almost xenolith-free. Metasomatic interaction between carbonatite-derived fluids and the neighbouring and incorporated anorthosites led to the formation of economically important sodalite deposits. Investigated anorthosite samples display the magmatic mineral assemblage of Pl (An37-75) ± Ol ± Opx ± Cpx + Ilm + Mag + Ap ± Zrn. Ilmenite and pyroxene are surrounded by narrow reaction rims of biotite and pargasite. During the subsolidus stage sporadic coronitic garnet-orthopyroxene-quartz assemblages were produced. Thermobarometry studies on amphiboles yield temperatures of 985-950°C whereas the chemical composition of coronitic garnet and orthopyroxene indicate a subsolidus re-equilibration of the KIC at conditions of 760 ± 100°C and 7.3 ± 1 kbar. In the syenites Kfs, Pl, Hbl and/or Cpx crystallized first, followed by a second generation of Kfs, Hbl, Fe-Ti oxides and Ttn. Crystallization of potassium feldspar occurred under temperatures of 890-790°C. For the crystallization of hastingsite pressures of 6.5 ± 0.6 kbar are obtained. In order to constrain the source rocks of the two suites, oxygen isotope analyses of feldspar as well as geochemical bulk rock analyses were carried out. In case of the anorthosites, the general geochemical characteristics are in excellent agreement with their derivation from fractionated basaltic liquids, with the d18O values (5.88 ± 0.19  per mille) proving their derivation from mantle-derived magmas. The results obtained for the felsic suite, provide evidence against consanguinity of the anorthosites and the syenites, i.e. (1) compositional gaps between the geochemical data of the two suites, (2) trace element data of the felsic suite points to a mixed crustal-mantle source, (3) syenites do not exhibit ubiquitous negative Eu-anomalies in their REE patterns, which would be expected from fractionation products of melts that previously formed plagioclase cumulates and (4) feldspar d18O values from the syenites fall in a range of 7.20-7.92  per mille, which, however, is about 1.6  per mille higher than the average d18O of the anorthosites. Conformably, the crustal-derived felsic and the mantle-derived anorthositic suite are suggested to be coeval but not consanguineous. Their spatial and temporal association can be accounted for, if the heat necessary for crustal melting is provided by the upwelling and emplacement of mantle-derived melts, parental to the anorthosites. In order to constrain the source of the 1,140-1,120 Ma carbonatites and to elucidate the fenitizing processes, which led to the formation of the sodalite, detailed mineralogical and geochemical investigations, stable isotope (C,O,S) analyses and fluid inclusion measurements (microthermometrical studies and synchrotron-micro-XRF analyses) have been combined. There is striking evidence that carbonatites of both generations are magmatic in origin. They occur as dykes with cross-cutting relationships and margins disturbed by fenitic aureoles, and contain abundant flow-oriented xenoliths. The mineral assemblage of both carbonatite generations of Ank + Cal + Ilm + Mag + Bt ± Ap ± pyrochlore ± sulphides in the main carbonatite body and Ank + Cal + Mag ± pyrochlore ± rutile in the ferrocarbonatite veins, their geochemical characteristics and the O and C isotope values of ankerite (8.91 to 9.73 and -6.73 to -6.98, respectively) again indicate igneous derivation, with the 18O values suggesting minor subsolidus alteration. NaCl-rich fluids, released from the carbonatite melt mainly caused the fenitization of both, the incorporated and the bordering anorthosite. This process is characterized by the progressive transformation of Ca-rich plagioclase into albite and sodalite. Applying conventional geothermobarometry combined with fluid-inclusion isochore data, it was possible to reconstruct the P-T conditions for the carbonatite emplacement and crystallization (1200-630°C, 4-5 kbar) and for several mineral-forming processes during metasomatism (e.g. formation of sodalite: 800-530°C). The composition and evolutionary trends of the fenitizing solution were estimated from both the sequence of metasomatic reactions within wallrock xenoliths in the carbonatitic breccia and fluid inclusion data. The fenitizing solutions responsible for the transformation of albite into sodalite can be characterised as of NaCl-rich aqueous brines (19-30 wt.\% NaCl eq.), that contained only minor amounts of Sr, Ba, Fe, Nb, and LREE.},
  subject      = {Namibia <Nordwest>},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{AbdelRahman2003,
  author    = {Abdel Rahman, Faisal Mirghani},
  title     = {Systematic analysis of genes expressed in the retinal pigment epithelium (RPE) and identification of candidates for genetic susceptibility to age-related macular degeneration (AMD)},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-7053},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {Age related macular degeneration (AMD) is the leading cause of visual impairment in the elderly and the major cause of blindness in the developed world. To date, the molecular mechanisms underlying the disease are not well understood although in recent years a primary involvement of the retinal pigment epithelium (RPE) has become evident. The aim of the present study is to systematically analyse genes which are differentially expressed in the RPE, and to assess their possible association with mechanisms and pathways likely to be related to retinal disease, in particular AMD. Towards this goal, 2379 expressed sequence tags (ESTs) were established from an inhouse generated RPE cDNA library. This library was constructed by using the suppression subtraction hybridization (SSH) technique which normalises redundant sequences and ensures enrichment of rare transcripts. In a first phase, 1002 ESTs were sequenced and subjected to comprehensive alignment with public nucleotide and protein databases. A search of the 1002 ESTs against the human genome draft sequence yielded 168 known genes, 51 predicted genes, 15 unknown transcripts and 41 clones with no significant similarity. Reverse Northern blot hybridization was performed for 318 EST clusters to identify abundantly expressed genes in the RPE and to prioritize subsequent analyses. Representative clones were spotted onto a nylon membrane and hybridized with cDNA probes of driver (heart and liver) and tester (RPE) used in the cDNA library construction. Subsequently, 107 EST clusters were subjected to Northern blot hybridizations. These analyses identified 7 RPE-specific, 3 retina-specific, 7 RPE/retina-specific, and 7 tissue restricted transcripts, while 29 EST clusters were ubiquitously expressed, and evaluation was not possible for another 54 EST clusters. Of the 24 transcripts with specific or restricted expression, 16 clones were selected for further characterization. The predicted gene MGC2477 and 2 novel isoforms of the human transient receptor potential cation channel, subfamily M, member 3 (TRPM3) were cloned and further described in detail. In addition, polymorphic variations for these 2 genes as well as for the human MT-Protocadherin gene were determined. For MGC2477, 15 single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) were identified, with 13 having a frequency of the minor allele greater than 20\%. 10 of the 15 SNPs have not been reported in so far in public SNP repertoires. Partial assessment of the TRPM3 gene yielded 35 SNPs. Of these, 30 (85.7\%) were highly frequent (0.17-0.5\%), and 14 (40\%) were novel. The MT-Protocadherin gene revealed 35 SNPs, including 28 (80\%) with high frequency of the minor allele. 23 (65.7\%) were novel SNPs. These SNPs will be used to construct the most common haplotypes. These will be used in case/control association studies in 400 AMD patients and 200 ethnically and aged matched controls to assess a possible contribution of these genes in the etiology of AMD.},
  subject      = {Senile Makuladegeneration / Pigmentepithel / Genexpression},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Nedvetsky2003,
  author    = {Nedvetsky, Pavel I.},
  title     = {Regulation of the nitric oxide receptor, soluble guanylyl cyclase},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-7046},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {Soluble guanylyl cyclase (sGC) is the best established receptor for nitric oxide (NO) and regulates a great number of important physiological functions. Surprisingly, despite the wellappreciated roles of this enzyme in regulation of vascular tone, smooth muscle cell proliferation, platelet aggregation, renal sodium secretion, synaptic plasticity, and other functions, extremely little is known about the regulation of sGC activity and protein levels. To date, the only well-proven physiologically relevant sGC regulator is NO. In the present study, some additional possibilities for sGC regulation were shown. Firstly, we evaluated the ability of different NO donors to stimulate sGC. Significant differences in the sGC stimulation by SNP and DEA/NO were found. DEA/NO stimulated sGC much stronger than did SNP. Interestingly, no correlation between the sGC protein and maximal activity distribution was found in rat brain regions tested, suggesting the existence of some additional regulatory mechanisms for sGC. The failure of SNP to stimulate sGC maximally might be one of the reasons why the lack of correlation between the distribution of sGC activity and proteins in brain was not detected earlier. Prolonged exposure of endothelial cells to NO donors produced desensitization of the cGMP response. This desensitization cannot be explained by increased PDE activity, since PDE inhibitors were not able to prevent the NO donor-induced decrease of the maximal cGMP response in endothelial cells. The failure of SH-reducing agents to improve the cGMP response after its desensitization by NO suggests that a SH-independent mechanism mediates NO effects. Demonstration that the potency of the recently described activator of oxidized (heme-free) sGC, BAY58-2667, to stimulate sGC increases after prolonged exposure of the cells to an NO donor, DETA/NO, suggests that oxidation of heme may be a reason for NOinduced desensitization of sGC and decrease in sGC protein level. Indeed, the well-known heme-oxidizing agent ODQ produces a dramatic decrease in sGC protein levels in endothelial cells and BAY58-2667 prevents this effect. Although the mechanism of sGC activation and stabilization by BAY58-2667 is unknown, this substance is an interesting candidate to modulate sGC under conditions where sGC heme iron is oxidized. Very little is known about regulation of sGC by intracellular localization or translocation between different intracellular compartments. In the present study, an increase in sGC sensitivity to NO under membrane association was demonstrated. Treatment of isolated lung with VEGF markedly increased sGC in membrane fractions of endothelial cells. Failure of VEGF to stimulate sGC membrane association in cultured endothelial cells allows us to propose a complex mechanism of regulation of sGC membrane association and/or a transient character of sGC membrane attachment. A very likely mechanism for the attachment of sGC to membranes is via sGCinteracting proteins. These proteins may participate also in other aspects of sGC regulation. The role of the recently described sGC interaction partner, Hsp90, was investigated. Shortterm treatment of endothelial cells with an Hsp90 inhibitor does not affect NO donor or calcium ionophore-stimulated cGMP accumulation in the cells. However, inhibition of Hsp90 results in a rapid and dramatic decrease in sGC protein levels in endothelial cells. These effects were unrelated to changes in sGC transcription, since inhibition of transcription had much slower effect on sGC protein levels. In contrast, inhibitors of proteasomes abolished the reduction in sGC protein levels produced by an Hsp90 inhibitor, suggesting involvement of proteolytic degradation of sGC proteins during inhibition of Hsp90. All these data together suggest that Hsp90 is required to maintain mature sGC proteins. In conclusion, in the present study it was demonstrated that multiple mechanisms are involved in the regulation of sGC activity and its sensitivity to NO. Oxidation of sGC heme by NO seems to be one of the mechanisms for negative regulation of sGC in the presence of high or prolonged stimulation with NO. Another possible means of regulating sGC sensitivity to NO is via the intracellular translocation of the enzyme. It has been also demonstrated here that attachment of sGC to the membrane fraction results in an apparent increase in the enzyme sensitivity to NO. Additionally, Hsp90 was required to maintain sGC protein in endothelial and other cell types. However, we could not find any acute affect of Hsp90 on sGC activity, as reported recently. All these findings demonstrate that the regulation of sGC activity and protein level is a much more complex process than had been assumed earlier.},
  subject      = {Guanylatcyclase},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{FadlElMola2003,
  author    = {Fadl El Mola, Faisal Mohamed},
  title     = {Bioinformatic and molecular approaches for the analysis of the retinal pigment epithelium (RPE) transcriptome},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-6877},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {There is substantial interest in the identification of genes underlying susceptibility to complex human diseases because of the potential utility of such genes in disease prediction and therapy. The complex age-related macular degeneration (AMD) is a prevalent cause of legal blindness in industrialized countries and predominantly affects the elderly population over 75 years of age. Although vision loss in AMD results from photoreceptor cell death in the central retina, the initial pathogenesis likely involves processes in the retinal pigment epithelium (RPE) (Liang and Godley, 2003). The goal of the current study was to identify and characterize genes specifically or abundantly expressed in the RPE in order to determine more comprehensively the transcriptome of the RPE. In addition, our aim was to assess the role of these genes in AMD pathogenesis. Towards this end, a bovine cDNA library enriched for RPE transcripts was constructed in-house using a PCR-based suppression subtractive hybridization (SSH) technique (Diatchenko et al., 1996, 1999), which normalizes for sequence abundance and achieves high enrichment for differentially expressed genes. CAP3 (Huang and Madan, 1999) was used to assemble the high quality sequences of all the 2379 ESTs into clusters or singletons. 1.2\% of the 2379 RPE-ESTs contains vector sequences and was excluded from further analysis. 5\% of the RPE-ESTs showed homology to multipe chromosomes and were not included in further assembly process. The rest of the ESTs (2245) were assembled into 175 contigs and 509 singletons, which revealed approximately 684 unique genes in the dataset. Out of the 684, 343 bovine RPE transcripts did not align to their human orthologues. A large fraction of clones were shown to include a considerable 3´untranslated regions of the gene that are not conserved between bovine and human. It is the coding regions that can be conserved between bovine and human and not the 3' UTR (Sharma et al., 2002). Therefore, more sequencing from the cDNA library with reclustering of those 343 ESTs together with continuous blasting might reveal their human orthologoues. To handle the large volume of data that the RPE cDNA library project has generated a highly efficient and user-friendly RDBMS was designed. Using RDBMS data storage can be managed efficiently and flexibly. The RDBMS allows displaying the results in query-based form and report format with additional annotations, links and search functions. Out of the 341 known and predicted genes identified in this study, 2 were further analyzed. The RPE or/and retina specificity of these two clones were further confirmed by RT-PCR analysis in adult human tissues. Construction of a single nucleotide polymphism (SNP) map was initiated as a first step in future case/control association studies. SNP genotyping was carried out for one of these two clones (RPE01-D2, now known as RDH12). 12 SNPs were identified from direct sequencing of the 23.4-kb region, of which 5 are of high frequency. In a next step, comparison of allele frequencies between AMD patients and healthy controls is required. Completion of the expression analysis for other predicted genes identified during this study is in progress using real time RT-PCR and will provide additional candidate genes for further analyses. This study is expected to contribute to our understanding of the genetic basis of RPE function and to clarify the role of the RPE-expressed genes in the predisposition to AMD. It may also help reveal the mechanisms and pathways that are involved in the development of AMD or other retinal dystrophies.},
  subject      = {Senile Makuladegeneration},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{KittisakSripha2003,
  author    = {Kittisak Sripha,},
  title     = {NOVEL HETEROCYCLIC RING SYSTEMS DERIVED FROM CARACURINE V AS LIGANDS FOR THE ALLOSTERIC SITE OF MUSCARINIC M 2 RECEPTORS},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-6841},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {Die vorliegende Arbeit befasst sich mit dem Gebiet allosterischer Modulation des muscarinischen M2 Rezeptors. Allosterische Liganden beeinflussen das Bindungsverhalten eines orthosterischen Liganden (Agonisten oder Antagonisten) an die klassische Bindungsstelle des muscarinischen Rezeptors, indem sie seine Affinit{\"a}t entweder erh{\"o}hen(positive Kooperativit{\"a}t) oder erniedrigen (negative Kooperativit{\"a}t). Die allosterische Bindungsstelle befindet sich extrazellul{\"a}r am Eingang der Rezeptor-Bindungstasche. Sie ist weniger konserviert als die orthosterische Bindungsdom{\"a}ne, die tiefer im Rezeptorkanal zwischen den sieben transmembranalen Dom{\"a}nen lokalisiert ist. Demzufolge ist die Entwicklung subtyp-spezifischer allosterisch wirkenden Liganden leichter als subtypspezifischer Agonisten oder Antagonisten. Die Subtypselektivit{\"a}t kann dar{\"u}ber hinaus {\"u}ber unterschiedliche Kooperativit{\"a}ten zwischen dem orthosterischen und allosterischen Liganden an verschiedenen muscarinischen Subtypen erreicht werden. Ein am M1-Rezeptor mit Acetylcholin positiv kooperativer allosterer Modulator, der sich an anderen muscarinischen Subtypen neutral kooperativ verh{\"a}lt, k{\"o}nnte z.B. f{\"u}r die Therapie von Morbus Alzheimer eingesetzt werden. Bisquart{\"a}re Ammoniumsalze des Strychnos-Alkaloids Caracurin-V geh{\"o}ren zu den potentesten allosterischen M2-Liganden. Die relative Stellung der aromatischen Indolringe und der Abstand zwischen den positiv geladenen Stickstoffatomen (ca. 10) in dem sehr starren Caracurin-V-Ringsystem definieren den Pharmakophor f{\"u}r potente allosterische Modulatoren. Caracurin-V-Salze sind strukturell sehr verwandt mit den starken Muskelrelaxantien Toxiferin-I und Alcuronium und besitzen vermutlich selbst neuromuskul{\"a}r-blockierende Eigenschaften, was ihre Anwendung in der pharmakologischen Forschung einschr{\"a}nken w{\"u}rde. Reduktion des Caracurin-V-Ringsystems auf die wesentlichen Pharmakophorelemente k{\"o}nnte zu allosterisch wirksamen Verbindungen mit vernachl{\"a}ssigbarer muskelrelaxierender Wirkung f{\"u}hren. Ziel dieser Arbeit war die Synthese und pharmakologische Testung von Derivaten eines neuen, von Caracurin V abgeleiteten, heterocyclischen Ringsystems. Das neue gew{\"u}nscht 6,7,14,15-Tetrahydro[1,5]diazocino[1,2-a:6,5-a]-diindole-Ringsystem(6) wurde in einer intermolekularen N-Alkylierung von zwei Molek{\"u}len Bromethylindol 5 aufgebaut. Die Ausgangsverbindung 5 konnte aus dem Indolylessigs{\"a}uremethylester 3 durch Reduktion der Estergruppe zum Alkohol und anschließende Substitution durch Brom dargestellt werden. Der bekannte Ester 3 wurde ausgehend von Tryptamin erhalten. Die dreistufige Synthese umfasste N-Dibenzylierung, Einf{\"u}hrung der Malonestergruppe am C-2 von Indol und anschließende Demethoxycarbonylierung. Die Totalsynthese des neuen Pentacyclus ist im Schema 24 dargestellt. Die 3D-Struktur des neuen Ringger{\"u}stes konnte mit Hilfe von NMR-Spektroskopie und semiempirischen Rechnungen (AM1) aufgekl{\"a}rt werden. Verbindung 6 liegt in L{\"o}sung in einer verdrehten Wanne-Konformation mit unsymmetrisch angeordneten Seitenketten vor. Um den Einfluss der Seitenkettenl{\"a}nge des neuen Ringsystems auf die allosterische Wirksamkeit zu untersuchen, war es geplannt, die Ethylamin-Gruppen durch Methylamin-Einheiten zu ersetzen. Der entsprechende Syntheseplan bestand darin, das unsubstituierte Ringsystem in einer doppelten Mannich-Reaktion zu aminomethylieren. Der Ausgangsstoff f{\"u}r die Dimerisierung, Bromethylindol 32, wurde aus Indol-2-carbons{\"a}ure hergestellt. Die Synthese umfasste folgende Reaktionsschritte: Reduktion der Carboxylgruppe und Benzoylierung des resultierenden Alkohols, nucleophile Substitution mit Kaliumcyanid, alkalische Hydrolyse des Cyanids zu Indolacetessigs{\"a}ure, erneute Reduktion zum Alkohol und abschließende Substitution mit Brom. Da Dimerisierungsversuche von 32 nur zur Bildung des HBr-Eliminierungsproduktes 33 f{\"u}hrten, wurde das entsprechende Tosylat als Ausgangsstoff eingesetzt. {\"U}berraschenderweise entstand nicht das erwartete Diazocinodiindol-Ringger{\"u}st, sondern ausschließlich ein isomeres, noch nicht bekanntes 6,7,14,15-Tetrahydro-15aH-azocino[1,2-a:6,5-b]diindol-Ringsystem 35. Die Bildung des neuen unsymmetrischen Ringsystems ist auf den ambidenten Charakter des Indolylanions zur{\"u}ckzuf{\"u}hren, das entweder am Sticksoff oder an C3 alkyliert werden kann. Umsetzung von 35 nach Mannich lieferte das bisaminoalkylierte Produkt 37, neben einer kleinen Menge der monoalkylierten Verbindung 36. Die Totalsynthese des zweiten Ringsystems ist im Schema 25 dargestellt. Um potentere Verbindungen zu erhalten, wurden beide Endstufen 6 bzw. 37 mit Methyliodid zu 14 bzw. 38 quaternisiert. 37 wurde zus{\"a}tzlich mit Allylgruppen zu 39 substituiert. Die pharmakologische Testung von 14, 37, und 38 erfolgte {\"u}ber Radioligandbindungsstudien an Membransuspensionen der Herzventrikel des Hausschweins. Der allostere Effekt der Testverbindungen wurde {\"u}ber die Hemmung der Dissoziation von [3H]-N-Methylscopolamin([3H]-NMS) von den damit ges{\"a}ttigten Rezeptoren gemessen. Die erhaltenen EC50,diss-Werte geben die Konzentration des allosteren Modulators an, bei der die [3H]-NMS-Dissoziation auf die H{\"a}lfte des Kontrollwertes reduziert ist. Sie sind ein Maß f{\"u}r die Affinit{\"a}t der Testsubstanzen zur allosterischen Bindungsstelle des M2 Rezeptors. F{\"u}r die einzige Verbindung mit dem Diazocinodiindole-Ringsystem 14 wurde ein EC50,diss-Wert von 54 nM gemessen. Da 14 {\"u}ber vier Benzylsubstituenten verf{\"u}gt, kann seine Bindungsaffinit{\"a}t am besten mit der von Dibenzylcaracurinium-Dibromid verglichen werden, die ganz {\"a}hnlich ist (69 nM). Aufgrund der Tatsache, dass die Verkleinerung des NSubstituenten am Caracurin-V-Ger{\"u}st zur erheblichen Steigerung der allosterischen Potenz f{\"u}hrte, ist zu erwarten, dass der Austausch der volumin{\"o}sen Benzylgruppen von 14 durch z.B. Methyl- oder Allylsubstituenten, eine deutliche Affinit{\"a}tssteigerung bewirken w{\"u}rde. Damit scheint die allosterische Potenz des neuen Ringsystems mindestens genauso gut zu sein, wie die von Caracurin V. Die beiden Vertreter des Azocinodiindol-Ringsystems, 38 und 39, sind bereits mit den Gruppen substituiert, die die beste allosterische Potenz bei dem Caracurin-V-Ringsystem zeigten (Methyl- und Allyl). Ihre EC50,diss-Werte (35 nM f{\"u}r 38, 48 nM f{\"u}r 39) sprechen jedoch f{\"u}r eine ca. 4-fach schw{\"a}chere Bindungsaffinit{\"a}t als die der entsprechenden Caracurine, was vermutlich auf einen anderen Abstand zwischen den quart{\"a}ren Stickstoffatomen und eine andere relative Stellung der Indolaromaten in den beiden Ringsystemen zur{\"u}ckzuf{\"u}hren ist. Anders als die entsprechenden Caracurin-V-Salze, sind 38 und 39 negativ kooperativ mit dem Antagonisten [3H]NMS. Zusammenfassend l{\"a}sst sich feststellen, dass von den beiden neu synthetisierten heterocyclischen Ringsystemen das direkt von Caracurin V abgeleitete Tetrahydro- [1,5]diazocino[1,2-a:6,5-a]diindol eine bessere und vielversprechende Leitstruktur f{\"u}r die Entwicklung neuer potenter allosterischen Liganden des M2-Rezeptors darstellt. Weitere synthetische Arbeiten an dem Ringsystem wie z.B. Variation des Sticksstoffsubstituenten und der Seitenkettenl{\"a}nge sollten zu einer Steigerung der Bindungsaffinit{\"a}t in den subnanomolaren Bereich f{\"u}hren. Dar{\"u}ber hinaus sind die Ergebnisse der pharmakologischen Testung an dem muskul{\"a}ren Typ des nicotinischen Acetylcholinrezeptors abzuwarten.},
  subject      = {Muscarinrezeptor},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{GarciaArguinzonis2003,
  author    = {Garc{\´i}a Arguinzonis, Ma{\´i}sa In{\´e}s},
  title     = {Analysis of signal transduction pathways and the cytoskeleton in VASP-deficient cell lines and mouse models},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-6195},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {The mammalian Vasodilator Stimulated Phosphoprotein (VASP) is a founding member of the Ena/VASP family of proteins that includes Drosophila Enabled (ena), the mammalian Ena homologue (Mena) and the Ena-VASP-like protein (Evl). VASP was initially discovered and characterized as a substrate for cGMP- and cAMP-dependent protein kinases (cGKs and cAKs). Ena/VASP proteins are involved in Actin-filament formation, plasma membrane protrusion, acceleration of Actin-based motility of Listeria and the establishment of cell-cell adhesion. Moreover, Ena/VASP proteins have been implicated as inhibitory factors in repulsive axon guidance and inhibition of plasma membrane activity and random motility in fibroblast. In order to study the physiological function of VASP, VASP-deficient mice had been generated in the laboratory by homologous recombination. VASP-/- mice showed hyperplasia of megakaryocytes in the bone marrow and spleen and a two-fold increase in thrombin- and collagen-induced platelet activation. To further investigate the cellular function of VASP, I established cardiac fibroblast cell lines derived from both wild type and VASP-/- mice. Both cell lines presented similar growth rates and normal contact dependent-growth inhibition but showed differences in morphology, migration and adhesion. Adherent VASP-/- cells, despite normal Mena and Evl expression levels, were highly spread. VASP-/- cells covered about twice the substrate surface area as wild type cells, while the cell volumes were unchanged. This shape difference suggests that VASP is involved in the regulation of spreading. Since the small GTPases Rac and Cdc 42 and their effector p21-activated kinase (Pak) are key regulators of lamellipodia formation and cell spreading, I analyzed this signalling pathway in VASP-/- cells stimulated with Platelet Derived Growth Factor-BB (PDGF-BB) or fetal calf serum. In wild type cells Rac and Pak were rapidly and transiently activated by PDGF or serum; however, in the absence of VASP both Rac and Pak activation was dramatically prolonged. The Rac/Pak pathway is known to play an essential role in cell motility. VASP deficient cells showed compromised migration and reorientation in a wound healing assay, probably due to enhanced Rac activity. The spreading phenotype, compromised migration and the effect observed on the Rac and Pak activities were reverted in VASP-/- cells stably transfected with full lenght human VASP, indicating a VASP dependent modulation of the Rac/Pak pathway and Rac/Pak regulated processes. Moreover, adhesion and detachment of VASP-deficient cells were significantly slower when compared to wild type cells. Preincubation of VASP+/+ cells with a cGMP analog accelerated adhesion. This acceleration did not take place in the VASP-/- cells, suggesting a VASP dependent effect. The second part of this work focused on VASP function in platelets. On the one hand I investigated the possibility of VASP-dependent Rac regulation in mouse platelets. Murine platelets are a good model for studying Rac regulation since they express high levels of VASP but not Mena/Evl and since VASP-deficient platelets show an increased platelet activation. Rac was activated by platelet agonists which was inhibited by preincubation with cGMP and cAMP analogs. Initial results which need to be extended showed that the cGMPcaused inhibition of Rac activation was VASP-dependent. Finally, in vivo platelet adhesion (platelet-vessel wall interactions) was studied using VASP-deficient mice. These studies demonstrated in-vivo that VASP down regulates platelet adhesion to the vascular wall under both physiological and pathophysiological conditions.},
  subject      = {Vasodilatator-stimuliertes Phosphoprotein},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Jovcic2002,
  author    = {Jovcic, Alexander},
  title     = {Applications of aerobic and anaerobic bacteria in the fields of biological degradation of contaminants and biological wastewater treatment},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-6702},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {In the work here presented four distinctly different problems were investigated. The first problem was an investigation into the degradation of Dichloroethylene (DCE) and 1,1-bis (p-Chlorophenyl)-2-dichloroethylene (DDE) utilising pure bacterial cultures. The second investigation dealt with the degradation of DDE and polychlorinated Biphenyl's (PCB's) utilising anaerobic sediments and soils from New Zealand. The third investigation worked on the Granulation of anaerobic River-sediments in Upflow Anaerobic Sludge Blanket (UASB) Reactors. The last investigation describes the commissioning of an industrial aerobic Wastewater Treatment Plant and the Implementation of biological Nitrogen- and Phosphate removal in this Wastewater Treatment Plant. Since the chemical Structure of DCE and DDE have certain similarities, Bacteria that were capable of degrading DCE, were tested here, whether they would also be able to degrade DDE utilising a co-metabolic pathway. In the experiments the aerobic bacteria Methylosinus trichosporium and Mycobacterium vaccae and the anaerobic bacteria Acetobacterium woodii and Clostridium butyricum were used. Approximately 60\% of the added DCE was degraded by M. vaccae, while M. trichosporium degraded approximately 50\%. A. woodii and C. butyricum degraded 40\% and 30\% respectively of the added DCE. Further experiments with these cultures and DDE lead to a microbial degradation of DDE to an extent of 34.6\% for M. vaccae, 14.1\% for C. butyricum, 2.2\% for A. woodii and 10.5\% for M. trichosporium. Additional experiments, utilising [14C]-DDE, showed that the DDE had not been degraded but were attached to the bacterial cells. The second investigation utilised anaerobic soils and sediments from New Zealand to study the anaerobic co-metabolic degradation of DDE and PCB's. The soils and sediments originated from the River Waikato, from Wastewater Ponds in Kinleith, Marine-Sediments from Mapua, and a variety of soils comtaminated with Pentachlorophenyl (PCP). The cultures from these soils and sediments were raised on a variety of Carbon- and Energy-sources. Beside DDE, Aroclor 1260, and a mix of four pure PCB-Congeneres (one Tetra-, one Hexa, one Hepta- and one Deca-Chlorobiphenyl) were used to test for the reductive dechlorination. The cultivation process of the baceria lasted six months. Samples of the cultures were taken after zero, three and six months. These samples were tested for the increase of cell-protein, the degradation of carbon- and energy-sources, and the removal of the added polychlorinated chemicals. The organochlorines were analysed using reversed phase HPLC and FID-GC. When a change in the Chromatogram was detected the respective cultures were further analysed using ECD-GC and GC-MS. The results showed that the culutres grew under these conditions, but no degradation of DDE and the PCB-Mix could be detected, and only small changes in the composition/chromatograms of Aroclor 1260 were found. The third investigation worked on the Granulation of River-Sediments in UASB-Reactors. Sediments from the River Waikato in New Zealand and the River Saale in Germany were used. In both cases the Granulation process was successful, which was demonstrated by microscopic comparisons of the Sediments and the resulting Granules. The two main bacterial cultures detected were Methanosarcina- and Methanothrix-like cultures. The main carbon- and energy-source was Lactic Acid, which was used at a concentration of 21,8 g COD/L. The Granulation-Process was a combination of using high a COD-Concentration combined with a low Volumetric Loading-Rate. Comparisons of the specific degradation-rates of a variety of carbon- and energy-sources between the Sediments and the Granules, showed no increased degradation rates in regard to the same cell-mass, but the increased bio-mass in the Granules allowed for higher degradation-rates within the UASB-reactors. The fourth investigation describes the commissioning of an industrial Wastewater Treatment Plant for a Dairy-Site in Edendale, Southland, New Zealand. This Plant consists of a DAF-Unit (Dissolved Air Flotation), two Extended Aeration Lagoons with Activated Sludge and two Clarifiers, one for the Activated Sludge and the second for the dosing of Aluminium-Sulphate and the removal of Phosphat-Sulphate. Biological processes for the removal of carbon- and energy-sources were optimised and biological processes for the reduction of Nitrogen- and Phosphate-Concentrations within the wastewater were implemented and optimised. Bilogical removal rates for COD of 95\% and above, for Nitrogen of 85-92\% and Phosphate of 64-83\% were achieved.},
  subject      = {Biologische Abwasserreinigung},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Gross2002,
  author    = {Groß, Michaela},
  title     = {Genomic changes in Fanconi anemia: implications for diagnosis, pathogenesis and prognosis},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-6579},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {Fanconi anemia (FA) is a genetically and phenotypically heterogenous autoso- mal recessive disease associated with chromosomal instability, progressive bone marrow failure, typical birth defects and predisposition to neoplasia. The clinical phenotype is similar in all known complementation groups (FA-A, FA-B, FA-C,FA-D1, FA-D2, FA-E, FA-F and FA-G). The cellular phenotype is characterized by hypersensitivity to DNA crosslinking agents (MMC,DEB), which is exploited as a diagnostic tool. Alltogether, the FA proteins constitute a multiprotein pathway whose precise biochemical function(s) remain unknown. FANCA, FANCC, FANCE, FANCF and FANCG interact in a nuclear complex upstream of FANCD2. Complementation group FA-D1 was recently shown to be due to biallelic mutations in the human breast cancer gene 2 (BRCA2). After DNA damage, the nuclear complex regulates monoubiquitylation of FANCD2, result- ing in targeting of this protein into nuclear foci together with BRCA1 and other DNA damage response proteins. The close connection resp. identity of the FA genes and known players of the DSB repair pathways (BRCA1, BRCA2, Rad51) firmly establishs an important role of the FA gene family in the maintenance of genome integrity. The chapter 1 provides a general introduction to the thesis describing the current knowledge and unsolved problems of Fanconi anemia. The following chapters represent papers submitted or published in scientific literature. They are succeeded by a short general discussion (chapter 7). Mutation analysis in the Fanconi anemia genes revealed gene specific mutation spectra as well as different distributions throughout the genes. These results are described in chapter 1 and chapter 2 with main attention to the first genes identified, namely FANCC, FANCA and FANCG. In chapter 2 we provide general background on mutation analysis and we report all mutations published for FANCA, FANCC and FANCG as well as our own unpublished mutations until the year 2000. In chapter 3 we report a shift of the mutation spectrum previously reported for FANCC after examining ten FA-patients belonging to complementation group C. Seven of those patients carried at least one previously unknown mutation, whereas the other three patients carried five alleles with the Dutch founder mu- tation 65delG and one allele with the Ashkenazi founder mutation IVS4+4A>T, albeit without any known Ashkenazi ancestry. We also describe the first large deletion in FANCC. The newly detected alterations include two missense mu- tations (L423P and T529P) in the 3´-area of the FANCC gene. Since the only previously described missense mutation L554P is also located in this area, a case can be made for the existence of functional domain(s) in that region of the gene. In chapter 4 we report the spectrum of mutations found in the FANCG gene com- piled by several laboratories working on FA. As with other FA genes, most muta- tions have been found only once, however, the truncating mutation, E105X, was identified as a German founder mutation after haplotype analysis. Direct compar- ison of the murine and the human protein sequences revealed two leucine zipper motifs. In one of these the only identified missense mutation was located at a conserved residue, suggesting the leucine zipper providing an essential protein-protein interaction required for FANCG function. With regard to genotype-phenotype correlations, two patients carrying a homozygous E105X mutation were seen to have an early onset of the hematological disorder, whereas the missense mutation seems to lead to a disease with later onset and milder clinical course. In chapter 5 we explore the phenomenon of revertant mosaicism which emerges quite frequently in peripheral blood cells of patients suffering from FA. We de- scribe the types of reversion found in five mosaic FA-patients belonging to com- plementation groups FA-A and FA-C. For our single FA-C-patient intragenic crossover could be proven as the mechanism of self-correction. In the remaining four patients (all of them being compound heterozygous in FANCA), either the paternal or maternal allele has reverted back to WT sequence. We also describe a first example of in vitro phenotypic reversion via the emergence of a compensat- ing missense mutation 15 amino acids downstream of the constitutional mutation explaining the MMC-resistance of the lymphoblastoid cell line of this patient. In chapter 6 we report two FA-A mosaic patients where it could be shown that the spontaneous reversion had taken place in a single hematopoietic stem cell. This has been done by separating blood cells from both patients and searching for the reverted mutation in their granulocytes, monocytes, T- and B-lymphocytes as well as in skin fibroblasts. In both patients, all hematopoietic lineages, but not the fibroblasts, carried the reversion, and comparison to their increase in erythrocyte and platelet counts over time demonstrated that reversion must have taken place in a single hematopoietic stem cell. This corrected stem cell then has been able to undergo self-renewal and also to create a corrected progeny, which over time repopulated all hematopoietic lineages. The pancytopenia of these patients has been cured due to the strong selective growth advantage of the corrected cells in vivo and the increased apoptosis of the mutant hematopoietic cells.},
  subject      = {Fanconi-An{\"a}mie},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Schulte2003,
  author    = {Schulte, Valerie},
  title     = {In vitro and in vivo studies on the activating platelet collagen receptor glycoprotein VI in mice},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-6564},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {The work summarized here focused on the characterization of the murine platelet collagen receptor glycoprotein (GP) VI and was performed to evaluate its potential as an antithrombotic target. The first mAb against (mouse) GPVI, JAQ1, was generated and used to demonstrate that GPVI requires the FcRgamma-chain for its expression and function and that this receptor is the central molecule in collagen-induced platelet activation. Blocking the major collagen binding site on GPVI with JAQ1 revealed the presence of a second activatory epitope within collagen. Additionally, the collagen receptor integrin alpha2beta1 was found to be required for activation via this second pathway but not to be essential for collagen-induced activation of normal platelets. In studies with mice expressing reduced levels of the GPVI-FcRgamma-complex, differential responses to GPVI ligands were observed. Most importantly, the striking difference between platelet responses to collagen and the GPVI specific synthetic collagen related peptide (CRP) confirmed the supportive role of other collagen receptor(s) on platelets. Irrespective of yet undefined additional receptors, studies with mice deficient in GPVI (FcRgamma-chain) or alpha2beta1 showed that GPVI, but not alpha2beta1 is essential for platelet-collagen interaction. Based on these results, the model of platelet attachment to collagen was revised establishing GPVI as the initial activating receptor which upregulates the activity of integrins, thus enabling firm attachment of platelets to the ECM. While the mAb JAQ1 had only limited inhibitory effects on collagen-induced activation in vitro, its in vivo application to mice resulted in completely abolished platelet responses to collagen and the GPVI specific agonists CRP and convulxin. This effect was found to be due to antibody-induced irreversible down-regulation of GPVI on circulating platelets for at least two weeks. Further studies revealed that GPVI depletion occurs independently of the targeted epitope on the receptor and does not require the divalent form of IgG as it was also induced by mAbs (JAQ2, JAQ3) or the respective Fab fragments directed against epitopes distinct from the major collagen binding site. The internalization of GPVI in vivo resulted in a long-term protection of the mice from lethal collagen-dependent thromboembolism whereas it had only moderate effects on the bleeding time, probably because the treatment did not affect other activation pathways. These results establish GPVI as a potential pharmacological target for the prevention of ischemic cardiovascular diseases and may open the way for a completely new generation of antithrombotics.},
  subject      = {Maus},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Mody2003,
  author    = {Mody, Karsten},
  title     = {Patterns of arthropod distribution and determinants of arthropod assemblage composition in a natural West African savannah},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-6202},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {This study investigated patterns of arthropod community organisation and the processes structuring these communities on a range of different tree species in a natural West African savannah (Como{\´e} National Park, C{\^o}te d'Ivoire). It described and analysed patterns of arthropod distribution on the level of whole communities, on the level of multiple-species interactions, and on the level of individual insect species. Community samples were obtained by applying (i) canopy fogging for mature individuals of three tree species (Anogeissus leiocarpa, Burkea africana, Crossopteryx febrifuga) and (ii) a modified beating technique allowing to sample the complete arthropod communities of the respective study plants for medium-sized (up to 3 m) individuals of two other species (Combretum fragrans, Pseudocedrela kotschyi). General information on ant-plant interactions was retrieved from ant community comparisons of the mature savannah trees. In addition, ant-ant, ant-plant and ant-herbivore interactions were studied in more detail considering the ant assemblages on the myrmecophilic tree Pseudocedrela kotschyi. Herbivore-plant interactions were investigated on a multiple-species level (interrelationships between herbivores and Pseudocedrela trees) and on a species level (detailed studies of interrelationships between herbivorous beetles and caterpillars and the host tree Combretum fragrans). The studies on individual herbivore species were complemented by a study on an abundant ant species, clarifying not only the relationship between host plant and associated animal but allowing also to look at interactive (competitive) aspects of community organisation. The study demonstrated for the first time that (i) the structure of beetle communities on tropical trees can be strongly dependent on the host tree species, (ii) individual trees can host specific arthropod communities whose characteristic structure is stable over years and is strongly determined by the individual tree's attributes, (iii) ants can express a pronounced fidelity to single leaves as foraging area and can thereby determine distribution patterns of other ants, (iv) intraspecifically variable palatability of plants for insect herbivores can be stable over years and can influence the distribution of herbivores that can distinguish between individual hosts according to palatability and (v) intraspecific host plant change can positively affect fitness of herbivores if host plant quality is variable. In general, the present study contributes to our knowledge of anthropogenically unaltered processes affecting community assembly in a natural environment. The fundamental understanding of these processes is crucial for the identification of anthropogenic alterations and the establishment of sustainable management measures. The study points out the important role local factors can play for the distribution of organisms and thereby for community organisation. It emphasises the relevance of small scale heterogeneity of the abiotic and biotic environment to biodiversity and the need to consider these factors for development of effective conservation and restoration strategies.},
  subject      = {Savanne},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Bertram2003,
  author    = {Bertram, Silke},
  title     = {Late Quaternary sand ramps in south-western Namibia - Nature, origin and palaeoclimatological significance},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-6176},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {Sand ramps have been (and still are) neglected in geomorphological research. Only recently any awareness of their potential of being a major source of palaeoenvironmental information, thanks to their multi-process character, has been developed. In Namibia, sand ramps were terra incognita. This study defines, classifies and systematizes sand ramps, investigates the formative processes and examines their palaeoenvironmental significance. The study region is located between the coastal Namib desert and the Great Escarpment, between the Tiras Mountains to the north and the Aus area to the south. Two lines of work were followed: geomorphological and sedimentological investigations in the field, assisted by interpretation of satellite images, aerial photographs and topographic maps, and palaeopedological and sedimentological analytical work in the laboratory. Two generations of sand ramps could be identified. The older generation, represented by a single sand ramp within the study region, is characterized by the presence of old basal sediments. The bulk of the sand ramps is assigned to the young generation, which is divided into three morpho-types: in windward positions voluminous ramps are found, in leeward positions low-volume ramps exist, either of very high or very low slope angle. The most distinct characteristic of sand ramp sediments is their formation by interacting aeolian deposition and fluvial slope wash. The last period of deposition, which shaped all the entire young sand ramps, but also the upper part of the old ramp, is suggested to have occurred after c. 40 ka BP, implying a highly dynamic climatic system during that time, with seasonal aridity and low-frequency, but high-intensity rainfall. A phase of environmental stability followed, most likely around 25 ka BP, supporting growth of vegetation, stabilization and consolidation of the sediments as well as soil formation. Subsequently, the profile was truncated and a desert pavement formed, under climatic conditions comparable to those of the present semi-desert. The ramps were then largely cut off from the bedrock slopes, implying a change towards higher ecosystem variability. As the final major process, recent and modern aeolian sands accumulated on the upper ramp slopes. A luminescence date for the recent sand places their deposition at about 16 ka BP, close to the Last Glacial Maximum. Regarding the source of the sands, a local origin is proposed. For the sand ramp of the old generation the "basic cycle" of initial deposition, stabilization and denudation occurred twelve times, including a phase of calcrete and/or root-cast formation in each of them, adding up to around 60 changes in morphodynamics altogether. At least nine of these cycles took place between 105 ka BP and the LGM, indicating that the general cooling trend during the Late Pleistocene was subject to a high number of oscillations of the environmental conditions not identified before for southern Namibia. Due to the high resolution obtained by the study of sand ramp sediments, but also due to the very special situation of the study area in a desert margin, 100 km from the South Atlantic and in the transition zone between summer and winter rainfall, correlation with stratigraphies (of mostly lower resolution) established for different regions in southern Africa did not appear promising. In conclusion, sand ramps generally serve as a valuable tool for detailed deciphering of past morphodynamics and thereby palaeoenvironmental conditions. For south-west Namibia, sand ramps shed some more light on the Late Quaternary landscape evolution.},
  subject      = {Namibia <S{\"u}dwest>},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Krapf2003,
  author    = {Krapf, Carmen},
  title     = {Ephemeral river systems at the Skeleton Coast, NW-Namibia - Sedimentological and geomorphological studies on the braided river dominated Koigab Fan, the Cenozoic succession in the Uniabmond area and comparative studies on fluvio-aeolian interaction between ephemeral rivers and the Skeleton Coast Erg},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-6013},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {The Skeleton Coast forms part of the Atlantic coastline of NW Namibia comprising several ephemeral rivers, which flow west-southwest towards the Atlantic Ocean. The area is hyper-arid with less than 50 mm average annual rainfall and a rainfall variability of 72\%. Therefore, the major catchment areas of the rivers are about 100-200 km further inland in regions with relatively high annual rainfall of 300-600 mm. The coastal plain in the river downstream areas is characterized by a prominent NNW trending, 165 km long belt of 20-50 m high, locally compound, barchanoid and transverse dunes. This dune belt, termed Skeleton Coast Erg, starts abruptly with a series of barchans and large compound dunes 15 km north of the Koigab River and extends from 2-5 km inland sub-parallel to the South Atlantic margin of NW Namibia over a width of 3-20 km. As the SSE-NNW trending dune belt is oriented perpendicular to river flow, the dunefield dams and interacts with the west-southwestward flowing ephemeral river systems. This study focused on three main topics: 1) investigation and classification of the Koigab Fan, 2) the investigation of the Cenozoic succession in the Uniabmond area and 3) comparative studies of fluvio-aeolian interaction between five ephemeral rivers and the Skeleton Coast Erg. Sedimentological and geomorphological investigations show that the Koigab Fan represents a yet undocumented type of a braided fluvial fan system, which operates in an arid climatic, tropical latitude setting, is dominated by ephemeral mixed gravel/sand braided rivers, lacks significant vegetation on the fan surface, has been relatively little affected by human activity, is a perfect study site for recording various types of fluvio-aeolian interaction and thereby acts additionally as a model for certain Precambrian and Early Palaeozoic fan depositional systems deposited prior to the evolution of land plants. The Cenozoic succession in the Uniabmond area consists of three major unconformity-bounded units, which have been subdivided into the Red Canyon, the Whitecliff, and the Uniabmond Formation. The Tertiary Red Canyon Fm. is characterized by continental reddish sediments documenting an alluvial fan and braided river to floodplain depositional environment. The Whitecliff Fm. displays a wide variety of continental and marine facies. This formation provides the possibility to examine fluvio-aeolian interactions and spectacular, steep onlap relationships towards older sediments preserved in ancient seacliffs. The Whitecliff Fm. has been subdivided into four sedimentary cycles, which resulted from sea level changes during the Plio- to Middle Pleistocene. The following Uniabmond Fm. provides a unique insight into the depositional history of the NW Namibian coast during the Last Pleistocene glacial cycle. The formation has been subdivided into four units, which are separated by unconformities controlled by sea level changes. Unit 1 represents deposits of an Eemian palaeo-beach. The overlying Units 2-4 build up the sedimentary body of the Uniab Fan, again a braided river dominated fan, which is nowadays degraded and characterized by deeply incised valleys, deflation surfaces and aeolian landforms. The Uniabmond Fm. is overlain by the dunes of the Skeleton Coast Erg, whose development is related to the Last Glacial Maximum (LGM). The damming of river flow by aeolian landforms has been previously recognized as one of several principal types of fluvio-aeolian interaction. Five ephemeral rivers (from S to N: Koigab, Uniab, Hunkab, Hoanib, Hoarusib), which variously interact with the Skeleton Coast Erg, were chosen for the purpose of this study to consider the variability of parameters within these fluvio-aeolian systems and the resulting differences in the effectiveness of aeolian damming. The fluvio-aeolian interactions between the rivers and the dune field are controlled by the climate characteristics and the geology of the river catchment areas, the sediment load of the rivers, their depositional architecture, the longitudinal river profiles as well as the anatomy of the Skeleton Coast Erg. Resulting processes are 1) aeolian winnowing of fluvially derived sediments and sediment transfer into and deposition in the erg; 2) dune erosion during break-through resulting in hyperconcentrated flow and intra-erg mass flow deposits; 3) the development of extensive flood-reservoir basins caused by dune damming of the rivers during flood; 4) interdune flooding causing stacked mud-pond sequences; and 5) the termination of the erg by more frequent river floods.},
  subject      = {Namibia <Nordwest>},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Visan2003,
  author    = {Visan, Ion Lucian},
  title     = {P0 specific T-cell repertoire in wild-type and P0 deficient mice},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-5734},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {Zusammenfassung Das Myelinprotein P0 stellt eine zentrale Komponente f{\"u}r die Stabilit{\"a}t und Funktionalit{\"a}t der Myelinscheiden des peripheren Nervensystems dar. Mutationen des P0-Proteins f{\"u}hren zu verschiedenen, schwer behindernden peripheren Neuropathien wie der Charcot-Marie-Tooth- oder der Dejerine-Sotas-Erkrankung. Wir haben das Tiermodell der P0-Knock-Out-M{\"a}use verwendet, um im Vergleich zu den C57BL/6-Wildtyp-Tieren Selektionsmechanismen des P0-spezifischen T-Zell-Repertoires zu untersuchen. Dazu wurde eine Reihe von {\"u}berlappenden 20-mer-Peptiden benutzt, die die gesamte Aminos{\"a}uresequenz von P0 abdeckten. Mit Hilfe dieser Peptide wurde ein sog. „Epitop-Mapping" der H2-Ab-restringierten T-Zell-Antwort durchgef{\"u}hrt. Auf diese Weise konnte das P0-Peptid 5 (Aminos{\"a}ure 41-60) in der extrazellul{\"a}ren P0-Dom{\"a}ne als immunogene Determinante identifiziert werden. Dieses immunogene Peptid wurde dann f{\"u}r Untersuchungen der Toleranzmechanismen verwendet und zeigte, dass in P0-Knock-Out-M{\"a}usen ein hochreaktives P0-spezifisches T-Zell-Repertoire vorliegt, w{\"a}hrend es in Wildtyp-Tieren inaktiviert ist und so Selbsttoleranz erzeugt wird. Die Toleranzerzeugung in Wildtyp- und heterozygoten P0 +/- M{\"a}usen h{\"a}ngt nicht von der Gen-Dosis ab. P0 ist ein gewebespezifisches Antigen, dessen Expression normalerweise auf myelinisierende Schwann-Zellen beschr{\"a}nkt ist. Die klassischen Vorstellungen zu Toleranzmechanismen gegen{\"u}ber gewebsspezifischen Antigenen schrieben diese vor allem peripheren Immunmechanismen zu. Durch den erstmaligen Nachweis von intrathymischer Expression gewebsspezifischer Antigene wie P0 konnten wir best{\"a}tigen, dass f{\"u}r P0 offensichtlich die Expression deutlich weiter verbreitet ist, insbesondere auch auf Thymus-Stroma-Zellen. Unter Verwendung von Knochenmarkschim{\"a}ren haben wir weitere Untersuchungen durchgef{\"u}hrt, wie Knochenmarks-abstammende Zellen im Vergleich zu nicht-h{\"a}matopoetischen Zellen Toleranz gegen{\"u}ber P0 erzeugen k{\"o}nnen. Unsere Befunde zeigen, dass Knochenmarks-abh{\"a}ngige Zellen nicht ausreichen, um v{\"o}llige Toleranz zu erzeugen. Zus{\"a}tzlich wurde eine P0-Expression auf anderen Geweben wie dem Thymus ben{\"o}tigt, um komplette Toleranz zu erhalten. Wir identifizierten ein kryptisches P0-Peptid 8 und zwei subdominante P0-Peptide 1 und 3. W{\"a}hrend das Peptid 8 sowohl in Wildtyp- als auch Knock-Out-M{\"a}usen erkannt wurde, wurden die Peptide 1 und 3 in Wildtyp-M{\"a}usen nicht als Immunogen erkannt. Die genannten Peptide wurden verwendet, um eine experimentelle autoimmune Neuritis (EAN) zu erzeugen. Mit keinem der experimentellen Ans{\"a}tze konnten wir klinische Zeichen einer EAN generieren, allerdings mit dem Peptid 3 doch Entz{\"u}ndung im peripheren Nerven beobachten. Es werden zuk{\"u}nftig weitere Untersuchungen ben{\"o}tigt, um P0-spezifische T-Zell-Linien zu etablieren und so mit h{\"o}herer Effizienz eine EAN zu erzeugen. Unsere Untersuchungen sprechen daf{\"u}r, dass bei gentherapeutischen Ans{\"a}tzen bei erblichen Neuropathien vorsichtig und schrittweise vorgegangen werden muss, da mit sekund{\"a}rer Autoimmunit{\"a}t und damit Inflammation im peripheren Nerven zu rechnen ist.},
  subject      = {Myelin},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Kraemer2003,
  author    = {Kr{\"a}mer, Franziska},
  title     = {Molecular and Biochemical Investigations into VMD2, the gene associated with Best Disease},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-5761},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {Best disease (OMIM 153700) is an early-onset, autosomal dominant maculopathy characterized by egg yolk-like lesions in the central retina. The disease gene, the vitelliform macular dystrophy gene type 2 (VMD2), encodes a 585-aa VMD2 transmembrane protein, termed bestrophin. The protein is predominantly expressed on the basolateral side of the retinal pigment epithelium (RPE) and is thought to be involved in the transport of chloride ions. Bestrophin as well as three closely related VMD2-like proteins (VMD2L1-L3) contain multiple putative transmembrane (TM) domains and an invariant tripeptide (RFP) motif in the N-terminal half of the protein. This and the tissue-restricted expression to polarized epithelial cells are typical features of the VMD2 RFP-TM family. Best disease is predominantly caused by missense mutations, clustering in four distinct „hotspots" in the evolutionary highly conserved N-terminal region of the protein. To further augment the spectrum of mutations and to gain novel insights into the underlying molecular mechanisms, we screened VMD2 in a large cohort of affected patients. In total, nine novel VMD2 mutations were identified, raising the total number of known Best disease-related mutations from 83 to 92. Eight out of nine novel mutations are hotspot-specific missense mutations, underscoring their functional/structural significance and corroborating the dominant-negative nature of the mutations. Of special interest is a one-basepair deletion (Pro260fsX288) encoding a truncated protein with a deletion of an important functional domain (TM domain four) as well as the entire C-terminal half of bestrophin. For the first time, a nonsense mutation leading to a 50 \% non-functional protein has been identified suggesting that on rare occassions Best disease may be caused by haploinsufficiency. Molecular diagnostics strongly requires a reliable classification of VMD2 sequence changes into pathogenic and non-pathogenic types. Since the molecular pathomechanism is unclear at present, the pathogenicity of novel sequence changes of VMD2 are currently assessed in light of known mutations. We therefore initiated a publicly accessible VMD2 mutation database (http://www.uni-wuerzburg.de/humangenetics/vmd2.html) and are collecting and administrating the growing number of mutations, rare sequence variants and common polymorphisms. Missense mutations may disrupt the function of proteins in numerous ways. To evaluate the functional consequences of VMD2 mutations in respect to intracellular mislocalization and/or protein elimination, a set of molecular tools were generated. These included the establishment of an in vitro COS7 heterologous expression assay, the generation of numerous VMD2 mutations by site-directed mutagenesis as well as the development of bestrophin-specific antibodies. Surprisingly, membrane fractionation/Western blot experiments revealed no significant quantitative differences between intact and mutant bestrophin. Irrelevant of the type or location of mutation, incorporation of mutant bestrophin to the membraneous fraction was observed. Thus, impaired membrane integration may be ruled out as causative pathomechanism of Best disease consistent with a dominant-negative effect of the mutations. In a different approach, efforts were directed towards identifying and characterizing the VMD2 RFP-TM protein family in mouse. While clarification of the genomic organization of murine Vmd2 was required as basis to generate Vmd2-targeted animals (see below), the study of closely related proteins (Vmd2L1, Vmd2L2 and Vmd2L3) may provide further clues as to the function of bestrophin. For this, biocomputational as well as RT PCR analyses were performed. Moreover, the novel genes were analyzed by real time quantitative RT PCR, displaying predominant expression in testis, colon and skeletal muscle of Vmd2, Vmd2L1 and Vmd2L3 transcripts, respectively as well as in eye tissue. Interestingly, neither an ORF was determined for murine Vmd2L2 nor was the transcript present in a panel of 12 mouse tissues, suggesting that murine Vmd2L2 may represent a functionally inactive pseudogene. The murine Vmd2L3 gene, as its human counterpart, is a highly differentially spliced transcript. Finally, generating mouse models of Best disease will provide essential tools to investigate the pathophysiology of bestrophin in vivo. We have initiated the generation of two different mouse lineages, one deficient of Vmd2 (knock-out) and the other carrying a human disease-related mutation (Tyr227Asn) in the orthologous murine gene (knock-in). Genetic engineering of both constructs has been achieved and presently, four ES clones harboring the homologous recombination event (Vmd2+/-) have been isolated and are ready for the subsequent steps to generate chimeric animals. The resulting mouse lineages will represent two key models to elucidate the functional role of bestrophin in Best disease, in RPE development and physiology.},
  subject      = {Best-Krankheit},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Herold2003,
  author    = {Herold, Andrea},
  title     = {The role of human and Drosophila NXF proteins in nuclear mRNA export},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-5601},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {A distinguishing feature of eukaryotic cells is the spatial separation of the site of mRNA synthesis (nucleus) from the site of mRNA function (cytoplasm) by the nuclear envelope. As a consequence, mRNAs need to be actively exported from the nucleus to the cytoplasm. At the time when this study was initiated, both human TAP and yeast Mex67p had been proposed to play a role in this process. Work presented in this thesis (section 2.1) revealed that TAP and Mex67p belong to an evolutionarily conserved family of proteins which are characterized by a conserved modular domain organization. This family was termed nuclear export factor (NXF) family. While the yeast genome encodes only one NXF protein (Mex67p), the genomes of higher eukaryotes encode several NXF proteins. There are two nxf genes in C. elegans and A. gambiae, four in D. melanogaster, and at least four in H. sapiens and M. musculus. It was unclear whether, apart from TAP and Mex67p, other members of this family would also be involved in mRNA export. In the first part of this thesis (2.1), several human NXF members were tested for a possible function in nuclear mRNA export. They were analyzed for their interaction with RNA, nucleoporins and other known TAP partners in vitro, and tested for their ability to promote nuclear export of a reporter mRNA in vivo. Using these assays, human NXF2, NXF3 and NXF5 were all shown to interact with the known NXF partner p15. NXF2 and NXF5 were also found to bind directly to RNA, but only NXF2 was able to bind directly to nucleoporins and to promote the nuclear export of an (untethered) reporter mRNA. Thus NXF2 possesses many and NXF3 and NXF5 possess some of the features required to serve as an export receptor for cellular mRNAs. As NXF2 and NXF3 transcripts were mainly found in testis, and the closest orthologue of NXF5 in mouse has the highest levels of expression in brain, these NXF members could potentially serve as tissue-specific mRNA export receptors. In the second part of this work (2.2), the role of different Drosophila NXF proteins and other export factors in mRNA export was investigated using double-stranded RNA interference (RNAi) in Drosophila Schneider cells. Three of the four predicted Drosophila NXF members (NXF1-3) were found to be expressed in this cell line and could be targeted by RNAi. Depletion of endogenous NXF1 inhibited growth and resulted in the nuclear accumulation of polyadenylated RNA. Fluorescence in situ hybridization revealed that export of both heat shock and non-heat shock mRNAs, including intron-containing and intronless mRNAs, was inhibited. Depleting endogenous NXF2 or NXF3 had no apparent phenotype. These results suggested that NXF1 (but not NXF2-NXF4) mediates the export of bulk mRNA in Drosophila cells. We and others have shown that human NXF proteins function as heterodimers bound to the small protein p15. Accordingly, silencing of Drosophila p15 resulted in a block of mRNA export which was indistinguishable from the export inhibition seen after targeting NXF1. These observations indicated that neither NXF1 nor p15 can promote export in the absence of the other subunit of the heterodimer. NXF1:p15 heterodimers are implicated in late steps of mRNA export, i.e. in the translocation of mRNP export cargoes across the nuclear pore complex. The mechanism by which NXF1:p15 dimers are recruited to the mRNA is unclear. A protein that is thought to play a role in this process is the putative RNA helicase UAP56. Similar to NXF1 and p15, UAP56 was shown to be essential for mRNA export in Drosophila. UAP56 is recruited cotranscriptionally to nascent transcripts and was suggested to facilitate the interaction of NXF1:p15 with mRNPs. Even though both NXF1:p15 heterodimers and UAP56 had been implicated in general mRNA export, it was unclear whether there are classes of mRNAs that require NXF1:p15, but not UAP56 or vice versa. It was also unclear what fraction of cellular mRNAs is exported by NXF1:p15 dimers and UAP56, and whether mRNAs exist that reach the cytoplasm through alternative routes, i.e. by recruiting other export receptors. To address these issues we performed a genome-wide analysis of nuclear mRNA export pathways using microarray technology (2.2.2). We analyzed the relative abundance of nearly half of the Drosophila transcriptome in the cytoplasm of Drosophila Schneider cells depleted of different export factors by RNAi. We showed that the vast majority of transcripts were underrepresented in the cytoplasm of cells depleted of NXF1, p15 or UAP56 as compared to control cells. Only a small number of mRNAs were apparently not affected by the depletions. These observations, together with the wide and similar effects on mRNA levels caused by the depletion of NXF1, p15 or UAP56, indicate that these proteins define the major mRNA export pathway in these cells. We also identified a small subset of mRNAs which appeared to be exported by NXF1:p15 dimers independently of UAP56. In contrast, no significant changes in mRNA expression profiles were observed in cells depleted of NXF2 or NXF3, suggesting that neither NXF2 nor NXF3 play an essential role in mRNA export in Drosophila Schneider cells. Crm1 is a transport receptor implicated in the export of a variety of non-mRNA and protein cargoes. In addition, human Crm1 has been suggested to be involved in the export of a specific mRNA species, serving as a "specialized" mRNA export receptor. A role of human Crm1 in the export of bulk mRNA is considered unlikely. We analyzed the role of Drosophila Crm1 in mRNA export by inhibiting Crm1 with the drug leptomycin B in Schneider cells. Subsequent microarray analysis demonstrated that the inactivation of Crm1 resulted in decreased cytoplasmic levels of less than 1\% of all mRNAs, indicating that Crm1 is indeed not a major mRNA export receptor. The genome-wide analysis also revealed a feedback loop by which a block to mRNA export triggers the upregulation of genes involved in this process. This thesis also includes two sections describing projects in which I participated during my Ph.D., but which were not the main focus of this thesis. In section 2.3, the role of the different TAP/NXF1 domains in nuclear mRNA export is discussed. Section 2.4 describes results that were obtained as part of a collaboration using the RNAi technique in Schneider cells to study the function of Cdc37.},
  subject      = {Zellkern},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Wolf2002,
  author    = {Wolf, Katarina},
  title     = {Migration of tumor cells and leukocytes in extracellular matrix : proteolytic and nonproteolytic strategies for overcoming tissue barriers},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-5670},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {The extracellular matrix within connective tissues represents a structural scaffold as well as a barrier for motile cells, such as invading tumor cells or passenger leukocytes. It remains unclear how different cell types utilize matrix-degrading enzymes for proteolytic migration strategies and, on the other hand, non-proteolytic strategies to overcome 3D fibrillar matrix networks. To monitor cell migration, a 3D collagen model in vitro or the mouse dermis in vivo were used, in combination with time-lapse video-, confocal- or intravital multiphoton-microscopy, and computer-assisted cell tracking. Expression of proteases, including several MMPs, ADAMs, serine proteases and cathepsins, was shown by flow cytometry, Western blot, zymography, and RT-PCR. Protease activity by migrating HT-1080 fibrosarcoma cells resulting in collagenolysis in situ and generation of tube-like matrix defects was detected by three newly developed techniques:(i) quantitative FITC-release from FITC-labelled collagen, (ii) structural alteration of the pyhsical matrix structure (macroscopically and microscopically), and (iii) the visualization of focal in situ cleavage of individual collagen fibers. The results show that highly invasive ollagenolytic cells utilized a spindle-shaped "mesenchymal" migration strategy, which involved beta1 integrindependent interaction with fibers, coclustering of beta1 integrins and matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs) at fiber bundling sites, and the proteolytic generation of a tube-like matrix-defect by MMPs and additional proteases. In contrast to tumor cells, activated T cells migrated through the collagen fiber network by flexible "amoeboid" crawling including a roundish, elliptoid shape and morphological adaptation along collagen fibers, which was independent of collagenase function and fiber degradation. Abrogation of collagenolysis in tumor cells was achieved by a cocktail of broad-spectrum protease inhibitors at non-toxic conditions blocking collagenolysis by up to 95\%. While in T cells protease inhibition induced neither morphodynamic changes nor reduced migration rates, in tumor cells a time-dependent conversion was obtained from proteolytic mesenchymal to non-proteolytic amoeboid migration in collagen lattices in vitro as well as the mouse dermis in vivo monitored by intravital microscopy. Tumor cells vigorously squeezed through matrix gaps and formed constriction rings in regions of narrow space, while the matrix structure remained intact. MMPs were excluded from fiber binding sites and beta1 integrin distribution was non-clustered linear. Besides for fibrosarcoma cells, this mesenchymal-toameboid transition (MAT) was confirmed for epithelial MDA-MB-231 breast carcinoma cells. In conclusion, cells of different origin exhibit significant diversity as well as plasticity of protease function in migration. In tumor cells, MAT could respresent a functionally important cellular and molecular escape pathway in tumor invasion and migration.},
  subject      = {Zellmigration},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Tsai2003,
  author    = {Tsai, Chyn-Bey},
  title     = {Molecular cloning and characterization of nitrate reductase from Ricinus communis L. heterologously expressed in Pichia pastoris},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-5544},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {Zusammenfassung Hintergrund: In einer vorhergehenden Studie wurde gezeigt, dass die Nitratreduktase (NR, EC 1.6.6.1) aus Bl{\"a}ttern von Ricinus communis L. im Vergleich zu NRs der meisten anderen h{\"o}heren Pflanzen durch verschiedene Faktoren unterschiedlich reguliert wird. Die Aktivit{\"a}t ist ungew{\"o}hnlich Mg2+-sensitiv, zeigt ein ver{\"a}ndertes pH-Profil und ist nur gering ATP-abh{\"a}ngig inaktivierbar. Das Ziel dieser Arbeit war, die abweichenden Eigenschaften von Ricinus NR, aus molekularer und physiologischer Sicht detaillierter aufzukl{\"a}ren. Zu diesem Zweck wurde das NR Gen von R. communis geklont, heterolog exprimiert und charakterisiert. Ergebnisse: Die abgeleitete Proteinsequenz zeigte, dass Ricinus NR hohe {\"A}hnlichkeit mit anderem NRs teilte, abgesehen von der N-terminalen Region. In der N-terminalen Region besitzt die Ricinus NR eine s{\"a}urehaltige Sequenz, die nur in den h{\"o}heren Pflanzen konserviert ist. In der Moco-bindenden Region waren einige in 17 Pflanzen NRs konservierte Aminos{\"a}urepositionen ver{\"a}ndert. Zu diesen Positionen geh{\"o}rten His103, Gln123, Val266 und Ala284, die Asparagin, Arginin, Aspartat und Prolin in den anderen Pflanzen ersetzten. Auch an der Dimerisierungs- und Hinge 1-Region, zeigte die Ricinus NR eine ver{\"a}nderte Aminos{\"a}uresequenz. Anstatt Isoleucin und Glycin, besaß die Ricinus NR an den Stellen 460 und 498 Asparagin und Alanin. Durch ein Arg an der Stelle 482 kommt es zu einer zus{\"a}tzliche Trypsinschnittstelle innerhalb des 481KRHK484-Motivs (die meisten NR besitzen hier KPHK). Zus{\"a}tzlich enth{\"a}lt die Ricinus NR eine Serinphosphorylierungsstelle (Ser-526) innerhalb des m{\"o}glichen 14-3-3 Bindemotivs 523KSVS*TP528, was eine allgemeine Eigenschaft von Nitratreduktasen ist. Im C-Terminus von Ricinus NR best{\"a}tigte die Sequenz 886CGPPP890, dass die Ricinus NR ein NADH-spezifisches Enzym ist. Die Ricinus NR und Arabidopsis NR2 (AtNR2) wurden in Pichia pastoris funktionell exprimiert und die Eigenschaften miteinander verglichen. Die rekombinante Ricinus NR (RcNR) selbst wurde nicht durch die Inkubation mit MgATP inhibiert, ebenso AtNR2. Da der Hefeextrakt vermutlich die Faktoren zur Regulierung der NR nicht enth{\"a}lt, wurden entsalzte Blattextrakte von Arabidopsis (ADL), Spinat (SDL) und Ricinus (RDL) zugesetzt, die Kinasen und 14-3-3 Proteine enthielten. Damit keine endogenen NRs sich im Extrakt befinden wurden die Bl{\"a}tter vor Extraktion 4 Tage im Dunkeln gehalten. In Bezug auf die Inhibierung der NR durch ATP wurde festgestellt, dass die RcNR gegen{\"u}ber einer solchen Inhibierung unempfindlich ist, AtNR2 dagegen in jedem Fall durch ATP inaktiviert wird. Bei Kombination von RcNR mit NR-freien Extrakten aus Pflanzen zeigte sich die erh{\"o}hte Mg2+-Sensitivit{\"a}t nur, wenn man RcNR mit RDL inkubierte, nicht aber wenn man RcNR mit SDL oder ADL inkubierte. Es liegt auf der Hand, dass ein oder einige Faktoren in RDL vorkommen, die mit RcNR interagieren und seine hohe Mg2+-Sensitivit{\"a}t hervorrufen. Außerdem, ergab eine Inkubation von AtNR2 mit unterschiedlichen NR-freien Blattextrakten eine bedeutende Aktivierung der Enzymaktivit{\"a}ten, sowohl in Anwesenheit von Mg2+ als auch EDTA. Dies wurde jedoch nicht f{\"u}r die RcNR festgestellt. Nach Verwendung von Ammoniumsulfat zur Fraktionierung des RDL, fand man zus{\"a}tzlich heraus, dass ungef{\"a}hr 0,2 mg des Proteins der Fraktion die mit 0-35\% Ammoniumsulfat gef{\"a}llt wurde ausreichten die maximale Hemmung des RcNR hervorzurufen. Schlussfolgerungen: Die Unempfindlichkeit gegen{\"u}ber ATP erscheint eine angeborene Eigenschaft von Ricinus NR, w{\"a}hrend die hohe Mg2+-Sensitivit{\"a}t von einem oder einigen Faktoren in den Bl{\"a}ttern von Ricinus abh{\"a}ngt. Diese(r) bis jetzt unbekannte Faktor(en) war Hitze-sensitiv und konnte durch Ammoniumsulfat ausgef{\"a}llt werden. Er scheint spezifisch auf die rekombinante Ricinus-NR einzuwirken, und liefert eine Mg2+-Sensitivit{\"a}t vergleichbar dem authentischen Blattenzym. Außerdem gibt es vermutlich auch positiv regulierende Faktor(en) f{\"u}r die Nitratreduktase aus Bl{\"a}ttern h{\"o}herer Pflanzen.},
  subject      = {Rizinus},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Hofmann2003,
  author    = {Hofmann, Markus},
  title     = {Signal transduction during defense response and source-sink transition in tomato},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-5421},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {Plants have evolved an elaborate system to cope with a variety of biotic and abiotic stresses. Typically, under stress conditions an appropriate defense response is invoked which is accompanied by changes in the metabolic status of the plant. Photosynthesis is downregulated and sucrose is imported into the tissue, which provides a faster and more constant flux of energy and carbon skeletons to perform the defense response. Interestingly, these processes are co-ordinately regulated and the signal transduction chains underlying these cellular programs appear to share at least some common elements. Both the induction of sink metabolism and defense response is dependent on signal transduction pathways involving protein phosphorylation. Furthermore, regulation of extracellular invertase (INV) and phenylalanine ammonia lyase (PAL) which are markers for sink metabolism and defense response is preceded by the transient activation of MAP kinases. In depth analysis of MAP kinase activation by partial purification led to the discovery that, depending on the stimulus, different subsets of MAP kinases are activated. This differential MAPK activation is likely to possess a signal encoding function. In addition, the partial purification of MAP kinases was found to be suitable to address specific cellular functions to individual MAP kinase isoenzymes. By this way, LpWIPK was identified as the major MAP kinase activity induced after stimulation of tomato cells with different elicitors. LpWIPK is thus considered as a key regulator of defense response together with sink induction in tomato. A study using nonmetabolisable sucrose analogs revealed that the regulation of photosynthesis is not directly coupled to this signal transduction pathway since it is independent of MAP kinase activation. Nonetheless, downregulation is induced by the same stimuli that induce the defense response and sink metabolism and it will therefore be interesting to uncover the branch points of this signalling network in the future. MAP kinases are not only central components regulating the response to biotic stresses. In addition to e.g. pathogens, MAP kinases are as well involved in signal transduction events invoked by abiotic stresses like cold and drought. In a recent study, we could show that a MAP kinase is activated by heat stress, under conditions a plant will encounter in nature. This previously unknown MAP kinase is able to specifically recognise the heat stress transcription factor HsfA3 as a substrate, which supports a role of this MAP kinase in the regulation of the heat stress response. Moreover, the observation that HsfA3 is phosphorylated by the heat activated MAP kinase in vitro provides a promising basis to identify HsfA3 as the first physiological substrate of a plant MAP kinase. Intracellular protons have been implicated in the signal transduction of defense related signals. In a study using Chenopodium rubrum cells, we could show that cytosolic changes in pH values do not precede the regulation of the marker genes INV and PAL. Depending on the stimulus applied, cytosolic acidification or alkalinisation can be observed, which excludes a role for protons as signals in this pathway. Together with the concomitant changes of the pH value of the extracellular space, these variations can thus be considered as terminal part of the defense response itself rather than as a second messenger. WRKY transcription factors have only recently been identified as indirect targets of a central plant MAP kinase cascade. In addition, the identification of cognate binding sites in the promoters of INV and PAL supports a role for these proteins in the co-ordinate regulation of defense response and sink induction. A novel elicitor responsive WRKY transcription factor, LpWRKY1, was cloned from tomato and characterised with respect to its posttranslational modification. This immediate early transcription factor is transiently induced upon pathogen attack and the induction is dependent on phosphorylation. Furthermore, it was shown for the first time with respect to WRKY transcription factors, that LpWRKY1 is phosphorylated in vivo. Analysis of the role of this phosphorylation by in gel assays using recombinant WRKY protein as the substrate revealed two protein kinases that are transiently activated during the defense response to phosphorylate LpWRKY1. This data demonstrates that WRKY proteins require phosphorylation to modulate their DNA binding or transactivating activity.},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Visan2003,
  author    = {Visan, Ioana Andreea},
  title     = {The CD23 receptor-regulation of expression and signal transduction},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-5556},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {Bisher sind zwei Isoformen des humanen CD23 (CD23a und CD23b) beschrieben. Beide unterscheiden sich lediglich in 6-7 Resten im N-terminalen, zytoplasmatischen Anteil. CD23a wird ausschließlich auf B-Zellen exprimiert, w{\"a}hrend CD23b sowohl auf B-Zellen als auch auf Monozyten, eosinophilen Granulozyten, Makrophagen und zahlreichen anderen Zelltypen durch Stimulation mit IL-4 induziert werden kann. Die beiden Isoformen vermitteln wahrscheinlich unterschiedliche Funktionen. CD23a gilt als Isoform, welche vornehmlich mit der Endozytose von IgE-Immunkomplexen und der Vermittlung von Antigen-Pr{\"a}sentation auf B-Zellen assoziiert ist. CD23b besitzt ein Phagozytose-Motiv und scheint bei der Phagozytose IgE besetzter Partikel, der Freisetzung von Zytokinen und der Bildung von Peroxiden eine Rolle zu spielen. Fr{\"u}here Untersuchungen legen die Vermutung nahe, dass die beiden Isoformen zwei getrennte Signal{\"u}bertragungswege miteinander verbinden. Die Gegen{\"u}berstellung von Ereignissen, welche in Zellen, die nur eine einer oder beide Isoformen von CD23 besitzen, stattfinden, legt die Vermutung nahe, dass CD23b cAMP und iNOS hochreguliert, wohingegen CD23a einen Anstieg des intrazellul{\"a}ren Kalziums vermittelt. Im ersten Teil unserer Untersuchungen haben wir die Regulation der B-Zell-spezifischen Expression von CD23a analysiert. Pax-5 ist ein auf B-Zellen beschr{\"a}nkter Transkriptionsfaktor, welcher f{\"u}r die fr{\"u}he und sp{\"a}te B-Zellentwicklung von entscheidender Bedeutung ist. M{\"o}gliche Pax-5 Bindungsstellen wurden in den proximalen Abschnitten des CD23a Promotors vermutet. Die Analyse des CD23a Promotors ergab drei mutmaßliche Pax-5 Bindungsstellen mit mehr als 50\% Homologie zur Konsensus-Sequenz. Eine dieser Bindungsstellen, namens CD23-1, kann mit einer hochaffinen Pax-5 Bindungsstelle konkurrieren oder direkt das Pax-5 Protein in Elektromobilit{\"a}ts Experimenten (EMSA) binden. Das Einf{\"u}gen von Mutationen an dieser Stelle verhindert die Bindung. Ein weiterer Versuch, bei dem die gesamte L{\"a}nge des CD23a Promotors durch {\"u}berlappende Peptide in einem kompetitiven Verfahren gegen{\"u}ber hoch affinen Bindungsstellen getestet wurde, zeigt ebenso CD23-1 als die einzige Stelle, welche direkt Pax-5 binden kann. In weiteren Experimenten f{\"u}hrte die Expression von Pax-5 in 293 Zellen zu einer 7fachen Aktivierung eines CD23a Kernpromotor Konstrukts. Die Kotransfektion zusammen mit STAT6 zeigte, dass Pax-5 mit diesem Transkriptionsfaktor kooperiert, indem es die Transkriptionsrate eines vergr{\"o}ßerten CD23a Promotorkonstrukts erh{\"o}ht. Von besonderer Bedeutung ist die Tatsache, dass die ektope Expression von Pax-5 in der monozyt{\"a}ren Zelllinie U-937, die normalerweise nur die CD23b Isoform exprimiert, dann zu einer Expression von CD23a nach Stimulation mit IL-4 und PMA f{\"u}hrte. Unsere Ergebnisse legen nahe, dass Pax-5 in der auf B-Zellen beschr{\"a}nkten Expression der CD23 Isoform eine Schl{\"u}sselrolle zukommt. Im zweiten Teil des Projekts haben wir ein "Zwei-Hefen-Hybrid-System" (Cyto-Trap von Stratagene) verwendet, um nach zytoplasmatischen Interaktionspartnern f{\"u}r den CD23 Rezeptor zu suchen. Das System wurde modifiziert um eine hohe Effizienz an Transformation zu erzielen. Unterschiedliche „K{\"o}der"-Vektorkonstrukte wurden hergestellt. Das Screening wurde mittels einer humanen Milzbibliothek mit dem Zielvektor des Systems durchgef{\"u}hrt. Die anfangs benutzten Konstrukte -pSosCD23a und pSosCD23b - exprimierten sehr kurze (22 Aminos{\"a}uren) zytoplasmatischen Reste der Isoformen am C-terminalen Ende des Fusionsproteins (humanes SOS). Verbesserte Konstrukte (pSos CD23a+Linker und pSosCD23b+Linker) exprimierten den zytoplasmatischen Anteil von CD23a/b am N-terminalen Ende des humanen SOS und hatten folglich den N-terminalen Anteil als Andockstelle frei, entsprechend den Bedingungen in vivo. Eine flexible Verbindungsregion trennte die Fusionsproteine, um auf diese Weise die kurze Aminos{\"a}urekette deutlich „sichtbar" werden zu lassen. Ann{\"a}hernd drei Millionen Klone wurden mittels der verschiedenen Konstrukte untersucht. Dabei konnte keine tats{\"a}chlich positive Interaktion gefunden werden. Stattdessen fand sich eine vergleichsweise hohe Zahl falsch-positiver Klone. Diese wiederum wurden in einem zweiten "Zwei-Hefen-Hybrid-System" getestet. In Zukunft wird ein neues Konstrukt als K{\"o}der verwendet werden. Hierbei wurde ein Tyrosin-Rest im zytoplasmatischen Anteil von CD23a durch Glutamat ersetzt. Das System wurde bereits dazu verwendet, die Interaktion zwischen CD23 und p59fyn - einem Mitglied der Src-Familie von Proteinkinasen, welches mit CD23a assoziiert sein soll - zu testen. Jedoch konnte im CytoTrap "Zwei-Hefen-Hybrid-System" keine Wechselwirkung nachgewiesen werden. Zusammenfassend zeigt das zentrale Ergebnis der Arbeit, dass Pax-5 der Schl{\"u}sselregulator ist, der die B-Zell-spezifische Expression von CD23a erm{\"o}glicht. Zus{\"a}tzlich wurde ein "Zwei-Hefen-Hybrid-System" etabliert, mit dem zytoplasmatische Interaktionspartner f{\"u}r die CD23 Isoformen gefunden werden k{\"o}nnen.},
  subject      = {Antigen CD23},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Ochulor2002,
  author    = {Ochulor, Okechukwu Hilary},
  title     = {The Function of Dialogue in the Process of Evangelisation. A pastoral-theological appraisal of the relevance of Dialogue in a Nigerian context based on the experience of Igboland},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-4770},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {The Church is mandated by Jesus Christ to continue the mission for which he was sent into the world. The mission of Christ, which consists in "bringing the good news to the poor, proclaiming liberty to captives, restoring sight to the blind, setting the downtrodden free and the proclamation of the Lord's year of favour" , remains the fundamental basis of the missionary and evangelising vocation of the Church. She has a message to proclaim and that message is the proclamation of making the kingdom of God present in the lives of the people. Through the ages the Church has responded to this command of the Lord to evangelise, using various methods according to different situations and times. Dialogue is a conditio sine qua non in the Church's evangelisation. By con-voking the Second Vatican Council, Pope John gave special attention to the Church's self-knowledge, that is the knowledge of her nature and vocation as well as the realisation of the necessity of dialogue in the Church's pursuit of Church unity and healthy relationships with non-Christian religions and bod-ies. Besides the emphases on the importance of dialogue in the Church's exe-cution of her mission and apostolate of building up the people of God, evi-dence from the human sciences portray the indispensable and invaluable roles of dialogue and communication in a globalised world.},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Jha2003,
  author    = {Jha, Mithilesh Kumar},
  title     = {Protein Kinase A regulates GATA-3 dependent Activation of IL-5 Gene Expression in T Helper Lymphocytes},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-5281},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {Die durch Agentien wie IL-1\&\#945;, Prostaglandine oder Forskolin induzierte Erh{\"o}hung von intrazellul{\"a}rem zyklischem Adenosin-Monophosphat (cAMP) in T-Lymphozyten inhibiert die Synthese Th1-typischer Zytokine und stimuliert die Synthese Th2-typischer Zytokine. Die f{\"u}r die cAMP-vermittelte Induktion von Th2-Zytokinen verantwortlichen Signaltransduktionskaskaden sind bisher nur unvollst{\"a}ndig aufgekl{\"a}rt. Deshalb konzentrierte sich meine Dissertation auf die Erforschung des cAMP-Signalweges in prim{\"a}ren T-Helferzellen. W{\"a}hrend die Induktion muriner EL-4 T-Zellen mit Forskolin sowohl zur Aktivierung Th2-typischer als auch zur Inhibierung Th1-typischer Lymphokine f{\"u}hrt, kann die ektopische Expression einer katalytisch aktiven Proteinkinase A (PKA) zwar die Synthese von Th2-typischen Lymphokinen stimulieren, nicht jeder die Expression Th1-typischer Lymphokine inhibieren. Dies bedeutet, dass die Aktivierung von PKA selektiv an der Stimulation der Th2-Lymphokinexpression beteiligt ist, w{\"a}hrend andere, cAMP-abh{\"a}ngige Signaltransduktionswege zur Inhibierung Th1-typischer Lymphokine f{\"u}hren. Durch vergleichende Analysen verschiedener Th-Zellen konnte im Rahmen dieser Arbeit gezeigt werden, dass durch aktive PKA in Th0- und Th2, nicht jeder in Th1-Zellen die Expression von IL-5 erh{\"o}ht wird. Dieses Ph{\"a}nomen ist wahrscheinlich auf die unterschiedliche Konzentration des Transkriptionsfaktors GATA-3 zur{\"u}ckzuf{\"u}hren. So kommt GATA-3 in Th2-Zellen in hoher, in Th0-Zellen in geringerer und in Th1-Zellen in sehr geringer Konzentration vor. Die ektopische Expression von GATA-3 in Th1-Zellen induziert die Synthese Th2- typischer Lymphokine, die durch erh{\"o}hte cAMP-Konzentration oder durch aktive PKA noch verst{\"a}rkt werden kann. Untersuchungen bez{\"u}glich des Einflusses erh{\"o}hter cAMP-Spiegel auf Th2- Lymphokine in der Th2-Zelllinie D10 zeigten, dass erh{\"o}hte cAMP-Konzentrationen nicht die PKA-Aktivit{\"a}t, sondern vielmehr die Aktivit{\"a}t der p38-Kinase stimuliert. Diese Aktivierung f{\"u}hrt zur Phosphorylierung von GATA-3 und dadurch zur Induktion der IL-5- und IL-13-Expression (Chen et al., 2000). In prim{\"a}ren T-Helferzellen, die im Mittelpunkt der hier vorgelegten Arbeit standen, konnte beobachtet werden, dass bereits die Expression der katalytischen Untereinheit \&\#945; der PKA ausreichend f{\"u}r eine optimale IL-5-Expression in Th0-Zellen ist. Die Beobachtung, dass prim{\"a}re Th2-Zellen sowohl auf die Behandlung mit dem spezifischen PKA-Inhibitor H-89 als auch auf die ektopische Expression der negativ wirkenden Untereinheit 1 der PKA mit signifikant verminderter IL-5-Produktion reagierten, unterstreicht die wichtige Rolle aktiver PKA bei der Regulation des IL-5 Gens. Zusammenfassend konnte in dieser Arbeit durch die Untersuchung verschiedener prim{\"a}rer CD4+ T-Lymphozyten, einschließlich der auch in vivo IL-5 produzierenden Th2-Zellen, gezeigt werden, dass der Adenylzyklase/cAMP/PKASignaltransduktionsweg bedeutend f{\"u}r die IL-5 Genexpression in prim{\"a}ren Th2-Zellen und somit auch wichtig f{\"u}r deren Effektorfunktion ist.},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Schwaerzel2003,
  author    = {Schw{\"a}rzel, Martin},
  title     = {Localizing engrams of olfactory memories in Drosophila},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-5065},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {Zars and co-workers were able to localize an engram of aversive olfactory memory to the mushroom bodies of Drosophila (Zars et al., 2000). In this thesis, I followed up on this finding in two ways. Inspired by Zars et al. (2000), I first focused on the whether it would also be possible to localize memory extinction.While memory extinction is well established behaviorally, little is known about the underlying circuitry and molecular mechanisms. In extension to the findings by Zars et al (2000), I show that aversive olfactory memories remain localized to a subset of mushroom body Kenyon cells for up to 3 hours. Extinction localizes to the same set of Kenyon cells. This common localization suggests a model in which unreinforced presentations of a previously learned odorant intracellularly antagonizes the signaling cascades underlying memory formation. The second part also targets memory localization, but addresses appetitive memory. I show that memories for the same olfactory cue can be established through either sugar or electric shock reinforcement. Importantly, these memories localize to the same set of neurons within the mushroom body. Thus, the question becomes apparent how the same signal can be associated with different events. It is shown that two different monoamines are specificaly necessary for formation of either of these memories, dopamine in case of electric shock and octopamine in case of sugar memory, respectively. Taking the representation of the olfactory cue within the mushroom bodies into account, the data suggest that the two memory traces are located in the same Kenyon cells, but in separate subcellular domains, one modulated by dopamine, the other by octopamine. Taken together, this study takes two further steps in the search for the engram. (1) The result that in Drosophila olfactory learning several memories are organized within the same set of Kenyon cells is in contrast to the pessimism expressed by Lashley that is might not be possible to localize an engram. (2) Beyond localization, a possibible mechanism how several engrams about the same stimulus can be localized within the same neurons might be suggested by the models of subcellular organisation, as postulated in case of appetitive and aversive memory on the one hand and acquisition and extinction of aversive memory on the other hand.},
  subject      = {Taufliege},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Schuelke2002,
  author    = {Sch{\"u}lke, Oliver},
  title     = {Living apart together},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-5029},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {Cohesiveness between members of a social unit is a defining characteristic of animal social organization. Dispersed social organizations, where members of a social unit spend the main part of their activity period apart, have only recently been distinguished from cohesive social organizations and are still poorly understood with respect to their ecological basis and reproductive consequences. The general goal of this dissertation was to study the three components of the social system of fork-marked lemurs (Phaner furcifer), a small nocturnal primate from Madagascar living in dispersed pairs. First, I characterise their social organization, focusing on behavioural mechanisms of cohesion between pair partners. Second, through application of van Schaik's ecological model, I investigate predictions about the ecological basis of female intra-sexual avoidance, male-female social relationships and the determinants of differential female reproductive success. Finally, I analyse behavioural and genetic aspects of the mating system to test a recent hypothesis that proposes high extra-pair paternity in dispersed primate pairs resulting from constraints on male mate guarding. The study was conducted in Kirindy Forest in Madagascar between September 1998 and April 2001 during three field seasons for a total of 20 months. During more than 1400 hours of focal animal protocols, I sampled year-round data on space use, feeding ecology, time budgets, and social behaviour of all adults and three subadults of 8 families, complemented by simultaneous focal follows of both pair partners, year-round information on sleeping site use, measures on food abundance in each territory, morphological measurements, and DNA-microsatellite data for seven newly discovered polymorphic loci. Across eight social units and three breeding seasons, pairs were the prevailing grouping pattern (18 of 21 family years). Most pairs were stable for more than three mating seasons and used well defined stable territories. Although both pair partners used the same territory in a fairly similar fashion, average distance between pair partners was 100m, which was far considering that many territories measure only 200m in diameter. Pair partners spent only about 20\% of activity time in less than 25m distance of each other and shared a sleeping site on average only every third day. Females were found to be dominant over their partner as well as over neighbouring males in all behavioural contexts. Most important food resources were exudates of a small number of tree species. Major food resources were distributed in small, defendable patches characterized by fast depletion and rapid renewal. In accordance with the ecological model, this led to strong within-group contest and scramble competition and weak between-group contest competition over food, as indicated by a positive dominance effect and a negative group size effect on female physical condition. Female reproductive success was determined mainly by family size. Paternity likelihood and exclusion analyses revealed that four out of seven offspring were most likely sired by an extra-pair male. Behaviour during the mating season implied that females as well as males take an active part in obtaining extra-pair copulations and that males try to guard their mates. Dispersed social organization in itself, i.e. low cohesion between pair partners, cannot explain high extra-pair paternity. I propose instead that several other factors common to most primates living in dispersed pairs constrain mate guarding and lead to high EPP. The ecological settings determine the mode of food competition and have shaped the social system of fork-marked lemurs in several ways. Intense within-group competition for food may have ultimately led to female intra-sexual avoidance and range exclusivity which represents an evolutionary precursor of pair-living. Although it remains elusive why females ultimately associated with single males, patterns of within-group contest competition for food explain why pair partners avoid each other during nocturnal activity. The limited number of food resources that is used in repetitive fashion and incomplete knowledge about the pair partners position explain why pair partners meet relatively often and why most encounters involve agonistic conflict. Rigid feeding itineraries characteristic of exudate feeders are likely to pose high costs to offspring dispersing to unfamiliar areas. Feeding ecology can, therefore, explain why parents tolerate delayed natal dispersal despite a negative effect on actual female reproductive success. In conclusion, the present study successfully applied existing socio-ecological theory to a new area of research, refined a recent evolutionary model and contributed important comparative data to our understanding of dispersed pairs in particular and primate and animal societies in general.},
  subject      = {Gabelstreifiger Katzenmaki},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Berghoff2002,
  author    = {Berghoff, Stefanie M.},
  title     = {Sociobiology of the hypogaeic army ant Dorylus (Dichthadia) laevigatus Fr. Smith},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-5005},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {Originally renowned for their spectacular epigaeic raids, army ants have captured scientific attention for almost two centuries. They now belong to one of the best studied group of ants. However, most of our knowledge about army ants was derived from the study of the minority of specialized, epigaeicly active species. These species evolved probably rather recently from hypogaeic ancestors. The majority of army ant species still leads a hypogaeic life and is almost completely unknown in its entire sociobiology. It thus remained speculative, whether the assumed 'general' characteristics of army ants represent an adaptation to epigaeic activity or apply also to the majority of hypogaeic species. Based on the recent observation that the hypogaeic Asian army ant Dorylus (Dichthadia) laevigatus recruits predictably to palm oil baits, I developed and tested an oil-baiting method for the study of hypogaeic (army)ants. Prior to my study, nothing was known about the sociobiology of the assumed rare D. laevigatus. Throughout my work, I showed D. laevigatus to be very common and abundant in a wide range of habitats in West-Malaysia and on Borneo. Investigating its foraging behavior, I revealed D. laevigatus to differ from epigaeicly active species in several ways. Never demonstrated for any of the epigaeic species, D. laevigatus established stable trunk trail systems. Such a trail system contradicted the perception of army ant foraging, which was believed to be characterized by raids with constantly alternating trail directions. The trunk trail system further enabled a near omnipresence of D. laevigatus within its foraging area, which was also believed to be atypical for an army ant. Raids differed in structure and composition of participating workers from those of epigaeic species. Also, bulky food sources could be exploited over long periods of time. The foraging system of D. laevigatus resembled in several ways that of e.g. leaf-cutter and harvester ants. Likewise contrary to the assumptions, D. laevigatus had a wide food spectrum and showed only little effect on local arthropod communities, even falling itself prey to other ants. Strong aggressive behavior was observed only towards ant species with similar lifestyles, enabling me to provide the first detailed documentation of interspecific fights between two sympatric Dorylus species. Similar to foraging habits or ecological impact, nothing was known about colony size and composition, nesting habits, or worker polymorphism for D. laevigatus or any other hypogaeic Dorylus species prior to my work. By observing and eventually excavating a colony, I showed D. laevigatus to have a much smaller colony size and to lack the large sized workers of epigaeic Dorylus species. Similar to epigaeic Dorylinae, I showed D. laevigatus to have a non-phasic brood production, to emigrate rarely, and to alter its nest form along with habitat conditions. Detailed morphological and geographical descriptions give an impression of the Asian Dorylus species and are expected to aid other researchers in the difficult species identification. The genetic analysis of a male collected at a light trap demonstrated its relation to D. laevigatus. Confirming the male and queen associations, D. laevigatus is now one of five Dorylus species (out of a total of 61), for which all castes are known. In cooperation with D. Kistner, I provide a morphological and taxonomical description of nine Coleopteran beetles associated with D. laevigatus. Behavioral observations indicated the degree of their integration into the colony. The taxonomic position of the beetles further indicated that D. laevigatus emigrated from Africa to Asia, and was accompanied by the majority of associated beetles. The diversity of D. laevigatus guests, which included a number of unidentified mites, was rather low compared to that of epigaeic species. Overall, I demonstrated the developed baiting containers to effectively enable the study of hypogaeic ants. I showed several other hypogaeic ant species to be undersampled by other methods. Furthermore, the method enabled me to documented a second hypogaeic Dorylus species on Borneo. A detailed description of this species' morphology, ecology, and interactions with D. laevigatus is provided. My study indicated D. laevigatus to be an ecologically important species, able to influence soil structure and organisms of tropical regions in many ways. Relating the observed traits of D. laevigatus to epigaeicly active species, I conclude that our assumption of 'general' army ant behavior is erroneous in several aspects and needs to be changed. The oil-baiting method finally provides a tool enabling the location and study of hypogaeic (army)ant species. This opens a broad field for future studies on this cryptic but nonetheless important group of ants.},
  subject      = {Borneo},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Ostner2002,
  author    = {Ostner, Julia},
  title     = {Sex-specific reproductive strategies in redfronted lemurs (Eulemur fulvus rufus, Primates, Lemuridae)},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-5011},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {The number of males in animal groups is an essential determinant of male and female reproductive strategies. Females may benefit from living with several males, whereas males generally strive to monopolize a group of females. Due to male intrasexual competition, the sex ratio of groups of anthropoid primates is generally female-biased. Gregarious Malagasy lemurs deviate from theoretical expectations derived from sexual selection theory and from patterns found among anthropoids because they live in relatively small groups with an even or male-biased adult sex ratio and lack sexual dimorphism. The aim of this thesis was to investigate sex-specific reproductive strategies relating to the unusual group composition of redfronted lemurs (Eulemur fulvus rufus) by combining behavioral, demographic and endocrinological data. In the first of a set of four studies I investigated the applicability of non-invasive endocrine measurements for monitoring ovarian function in wild redfronted lemur females in order to evaluate the degree of estrus synchrony. Further, I tested the prediction that males living in multi-male groups rely on indirect mechanisms of intrasexual competition, such as physiological suppression of testicular function. Several possible benefits gained from living with many males have been proposed and the hypothesis that additional males improve social thermoregulation was tested in the third study. Finally, I examined the proximate determinants of the unusual sex ratio within groups, the variation in the adult sex ratio as well as possible social benefits of the high number of males for both sexes. The study was conducted in Kirindy Forest, Madagascar, between April 1999 and July 2000. I recorded >3000 hours of focal animal data on social and sexual behavior of all adult members of five groups. Additionally, >2200 fecal samples of males and females were collected for subsequent hormone analysis using enzymeimmunoassay (EIA). Further, I analyzed demographic data from seven Eulemur fulvus rufus groups collected between 1996 and 2002. The analyses of fecal estrogen and progestogen excretion in wild and captive females revealed that monitoring ovarian function is principally possible in redfronted lemurs, as demonstrated by the analysis of samples from captive females. Characterization of ovarian cycles in wild females, however, was not possible, because of a high day-to-day variability in excreted hormones. Nevertheless, the study provided reliable information on gestation and cycle length as well as endocrine changes associated with gestation. Additionally, I established a method for prenatal sex determination using maternal fecal samples collected during late gestation. The excretion pattern of androgens in samples of males revealed no differences between dominant and subordinate males, indicating that dominant males did not suppress the endocrine function of subordinate rivals. High frequencies of matings in combination with large testes size suggest that male reproductive competition relies at least partly on sperm competition. Females did not benefit from the high number of males in their groups in terms of improved thermoregulation because surplus males did not participate frequently in huddling groups with females. Analysis of the demographic data revealed that birth and mortality rates were not sex-biased and that males migrated considerably more frequently than females, providing no proximate explanation for the unusual sex ratio. Females in this study may proximately regulate group composition by synchronizing their fertile periods, which were inferred indirectly from the temporal distribution of births within groups. Both males and females benefit from the high number of co-resident males because reduced male group size seemed to be the main predictor of take-over rate, and thus, infanticide risk. The results of these studies suggest that certain life history traits (fast maturation, short inter-birth intervals) may ultimately determine the high number of males and the lack of single-male groups seen in redfronted lemurs. An accelerated male life history may facilitate joint group transfers and take-overs of male coalitions without a transitional time outside bisexual groups. Because males and females both benefit from a high number of males the conflict of interests between the sexes is considerably defused.},
  subject      = {Rotstirnmaki},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Trumpf2002,
  author    = {Trumpf, Jochen},
  title     = {On the geometry and parametrization of almost invariant subspaces and observer theory},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-5034},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {In my Ph.D. thesis "On the geometry and parametrization of almost invariant subspaces and observer theory" I consider the set of almost conditioned invariant subspaces of fixed dimension for a given fixed linear finite-dimensional time-invariant observable control system in state space form. Almost conditioned invariant subspaces were introduced by Willems. They generalize the concept of a conditioned invariant subspace requiring the invariance condition to hold only up to an arbitrarily small deviation in the metric of the state space. One of the goals of the theory of almost conditioned invariant subspaces was to identify the subspaces appearing as limits of sequences of conditioned invariant subspaces. An example due to {\"O}zveren, Verghese and Willsky, however, shows that the set of almost conditioned invariant subspaces is not big enough. I address this question in a joint paper with Helmke and Fuhrmann (Towards a compactification of the set of conditioned invariant subspaces, Systems and Control Letters, 48(2):101-111, 2003). Antoulas derived a description of conditioned invariant subspaces as kernels of permuted and truncated reachability matrices of controllable pairs of the appropriate size. This description was used by Helmke and Fuhrmann to construct a diffeomorphism from the set of similarity classes of certain controllable pairs onto the set of tight conditioned invariant subspaces. In my thesis I generalize this result to almost conditioned invariant subspaces describing them in terms of restricted system equivalence classes of controllable triples. Furthermore, I identify the controllable pairs appearing in the kernel representations of conditioned invariant subspaces as being induced by corestrictions of the original system to the subspace. Conditioned invariant subspaces are known to be closely related to partial observers. In fact, a tracking observer for a linear function of the state of the observed system exists if and only if the kernel of that function is conditioned invariant. In my thesis I show that the system matrices of the observers are in fact the corestrictions of the observed system to the kernels of the observed functions. They in turn are closely related to partial realizations. Exploring this connection further, I prove that the set of tracking observer parameters of fixed size, i.e. tracking observers of fixed order together with the functions they are tracking, is a smooth manifold. Furthermore, I construct a vector bundle structure for the set of conditioned invariant subspaces of fixed dimension together with their friends, i.e. the output injections making the subspaces invariant, over that manifold. Willems and Trentelman generalized the concept of a tracking observer by including derivatives of the output of the observed system in the observer equations (PID-observers). They showed that a PID-observer for a linear function of the state of the observed system exists if and only if the kernel of that function is almost conditioned invariant. In my thesis I replace PID-observers by singular systems, which has the advantage that the system matrices of the observers coincide with the matrices appearing in the kernel representations of the subspaces. In a second approach to the parametrization of conditioned invariant subspaces Hinrichsen, M{\"u}nzner and Pr{\"a}tzel-Wolters, Fuhrmann and Helmke and Ferrer, F. Puerta, X. Puerta and Zaballa derived a description of conditioned invariant subspaces in terms of images of block Toeplitz type matrices. They used this description to construct a stratification of the set of conditioned invariant subspaces of fixed dimension into smooth manifolds. These so called Brunovsky strata consist of all the subspaces with fixed restriction indices. They constructed a cell decomposition of the Brunovsky strata into so called Kronecker cells. In my thesis I show that in the tight case this cell decomposition is induced by a Bruhat decomposition of a generalized flag manifold. I identify the adherence order of the cell decomposition as being induced by the reverse Bruhat order.},
  subject      = {Invarianter Unterraum},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Hassouneh2003,
  author    = {Hassouneh, Mohammed H.},
  title     = {Interpretation of Potential Fields by Modern Data Processing and 3-dimensional gravity Modeling of the Dead Sea Pull-Apart Basin / Jordan Rift Valley (JRV)},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-4834},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {This work presents the analysis, 3D modeling and interpretation of gravity and aeromagnetic data of Jordan and Middle East. The potential field data delineate the location of the major faults, basins, swells, anticlines, synclines and domes in Jordan. The surface geology of Jordan and the immediate area east of the Rift is dominated by two large basins, the Al-Jafr basin in the south and the Al-Azraq-Wadi as Sirhan basin to the northeast. These two basins strike southeast-northwest and are separated by an anticlinal axis, the Kilwah-Bayir swell. The Karak Wadi El Fayha fault system occurs along the western flank of the swell. The Swaqa fault occurs on the southwest hinge of Al-Azraq basin and the Fuluq fault occurs on its northeast hinge. In the south west of Jordan, Wadi Utm-Quwaira and Disi-Mudawara fault zones are shown clearly in the aeromagnetic and gravity maps. The previous major faults are well correlated with the structural map of Jordan published by Bender (1968). 3D modeling of gravity data in the Dead Sea basin (DSB) was used together with existing geological and geophysical information to give a complete structural picture of the basin. The 3D models of the DSB show that the internal structure of the Dead Sea basin (DSB) is controlled by longitudinal faults and the basin is developed as a full graben bounded by sub-vertical faults along its long sides. In the northern planes of the 3D model, the accumulation of Quaternary (salt and marl) and Mesozoic (pre-rift) sediments are thinner than in the central and southern planes of the model. In the northern planes, the thickness of the Quaternary sediments is about 4 km, 5 km in the southern planes and it exceeds 8 km in the central planes of the DSR. The thickness of the pre-rift sediments reaches 10-12 km in the northern and southern planes and exceeds 15 km in the central planes of the DSR. The planes of the 3D models show that the depth to the crystalline basement under the eastern shoulders of the DSR is shallower than those beneath the western shoulders. It is about 3-5 km beneath the eastern shoulders and 7-9 km under the western shoulder of the DSR. The gravity anomaly maps of residual and first derivative gravity delineate the subsurface basins of widely varying size, shape, and depth along the Rift Valley. The basins are created by the combination of the lateral motion along a right-tending step over and normal faulting along the opposite sides. Al Bakura basin occupies the upper Jordanian River valley and extends into the southern Tiberias Lake. Bet Shean basin to the south of Al Bakura basin plunges asymmetrically toward the east. The Damia basin, comprising the central Jordan Valley and Jericho areas to the north of the Dead Sea is shallow basin (~600-800m deep). The Lisan basin is the deepest basin in the Rift. The 3D gravity models indicate a maximum of ~12 km of basin fill. Three basins are found in Wadi Araba area, Gharandal, Timna (Qa'-Taba) and Aqaba (Elat) basin. The three basins become successively wider and deeper to the south. The three regional gravity long E-W profiles (225 km) from the Mediterranean Sea crossing the Rift Valley to the east to the Saudi Arabia borders, show the positive correlation between topography and free air anomaly and strong negative Bouguer anomaly under the central part of the Dead Sea Basin (DSB) and normal regional Bouguer anomaly outside of the DSB in the transform valley. Depth to the top of the bedrock in the under ground of Jordan was calculated from potential field data. The basement crops out in the south west of Jordan and becomes deeper to northwards and eastwards to be about ~ 8 km below ground surface in the Risha area.},
  subject      = {Jordantal},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Christensen2003,
  author    = {Christensen, Morten Overby},
  title     = {Dynamics of human DNA Topoisomerases I and II},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-4927},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {The first goal of this study was to develop cell lines with a stable expression of bio-fluorescent topo II and topo I. This was successfully achieved using a bicistronic vector system. Control experiments showed that proteins of expected size were expressed, and that GFP-tagged topos I, IIa, and IIb were active in the cells and fully integrated in the endogenous pools of the enzymes. These cell-lines provided a novel tool for investigating the cell biology of human DNA topoisomerases. Our most important finding was, that both types of mammalian topoisomerases are entirely mobile proteins that are in continuous and rapid flux between all compartments of the nucleus and between the cytososl and the chromosomes of mitotic cells. This was particularly surprising with regard to topo II, which is considered to be a structural component of the nuclear matrix and the chromosome scaffold. We must conclude that if this was the case, then these architectural structures appear to be much more dynamic than believed until now. In this context it should also be mentioned, that the alignment of topo II with the central axes of the chromosome arms, which has until now been considered a hall-mark of the enzyme's association with the chromosomal scaffold, is not seen in vivo and can be demonstrated to be to some extent an artefact of immunohistochemistry. Furthermore, we show that the two isoforms of topo II (a and b) have a different localisation during mitotic cell division, supporting the general concept that topo II functions at mitosis are exclusively assigned to the a-form, whereas at interphase the two isoenzymes work in concert. Despite unrestricted mobility within the entire nuclear space, topoisomerases I and II impose as mostly nucleolar proteins. We show that this is due to the fact that in the nucleoli they are moving slower than in the nucleoplasm. The decreased nucleolar mobility cannot be due to DNA-interactions, because compounds that fix topoisomerases to the DNA deplete them from the nucleoli. Interestingly, the subnucleolar distribution of topoisomerases I and II was complementary. The type II enzyme filled the entire nucleolar space, but excluded the fibrial centers, whereas topo I accumulated at the fibrial centers, an allocation directed by the enzyme's N-terminus. During mitosis, it also mediates association with the nucleolar organising regions of the acrocentric chromosomes. Thus, topo I stays associated with the rDNA during the entire cell-cycle and consistently colocalizes there with RNA-polymerase I. Finally, we show that certain cancer drugs believed to act by stabilising covalent catalytic DNA-intermediates of topoisomerases, do indeed immobilize the enzymes in living cells. Interestingly, these drugs do not target topoisomerases in the nucleoli but only in the nucleoplasm.},
  subject      = {Mensch},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Feldmann2002,
  author    = {Feldmann, Kristina},
  title     = {Signal transduction of transforming growth factor-Beta in cytotoxic T cells},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-4912},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {Transforming-Growth-Factor-beta1 (TGF-b1) ist ein multifunktionelles Zytokin, welches insbesondere Zellwachstum und Zelldifferenzierung koordiniert. TGF-b ist vor allem daf{\"u}r bekannt, Zellen des Immunsystems zu beeinflussen. TGF-b steuert zum Beispiel die Differenzierung von T-Zellen und und deren Effektorfunktionen. Die Signaltransduktion von TGF-b wird vermittelt durch die Phosphorylierung von Rezeptor-assoziierten Smad-Proteinen (R-Smads). R-Smads werden vom Typ I Rezeptor aktiviert, der seinerseits vom hochaffinen Typ II Rezeptor phosphoryliert wird, sobald der Ligand bindet. Die phosphorylierten RSmads assoziieren darauf mit Co-Smads. Heterooligomere von R-Smads und Co-Smads wandern dann in den Zellkern, wo sie im Zusammenspiel mit Transkriptionsfaktoren wie CBP/p300 oder AP-1 die Transkription TGF-b-spezifischer Zielgene koordinieren. Neue Erkenntnisse lassen vermuten, daß die pleiotropen Effekte von TGF-b durch das Interagieren mit anderen Signalkaskaden entstehen, zum Beispiel mit dem MAP-Kinase-Weg oder der STAT-Kaskade. Wir beschreiben hier den Effekt von TGF-b auf die Effektorfunktionen unterschiedlich stimulierter prim{\"a}rer Maus-Milzzellen und aufgereinigten zytotoxischen CD8+ Maus-TZellen. Langzeitbehandlung mit TGF-b resultierte in der Unf{\"a}higkeit der Zellen, Smad2 ligandeninduziert zu phosphorylieren. Entweder wurde {\"u}berhaupt keine Phosphorylierung beobachtet, oder eine anhaltende Phosphorylierung von Smad2 unabh{\"a}ngig vom Vorhandensein des Liganden. Des weiteren stellten wir einen Zusammenhang zwischen anhaltender Smad2-Phosphorylierung und der Resistenz gegen{\"u}ber TGF-b induzierter Wachstumshemmung fest. Im Gegensatz dazu zeigen Zellen, die sensitiv sind gegen{\"u}ber TGF-b vermittelter Wachstumshemmung, keine Smad2-Phosphorylierung mehr. Bez{\"u}glich ihrer zytotoxische Aktivt{\"a}t waren allerdings beide Ph{\"a}notypen nicht mehr lytisch wirksam, unabh{\"a}ngig von der jeweiligen Smad2-Phosphorylierung. In dieser Arbeit zeigen wir auch die Notwendigkeit eines funktionalen MEK-1-Signalweges auf, der unabdingbar ist, damit TZellen keine Wachstumsinhibierung durch TGF-b mehr erfahren. Das Blockieren dieses Signalweges f{\"u}hrt dar{\"u}berhinaus bei diesen Zellen ebenfalls zu einem ver{\"a}nderten Smad2- Phosphorylierungsmuster. Bez{\"u}glich des JNK-Signalweges konnten wir feststellen, daß ein funktional aktiver JNK-Signalweg mit der Resistenz gegen{\"u}ber TGF-b vermittelter Wachstumsinhibierung einhergeht. Allerdings f{\"u}hrt die Zugabe von IFNg und/oder aCD28- Antik{\"o}rper nicht zu einer ver{\"a}nderten Sensitivit{\"a}t gegen{\"u}ber TGF-b. Im Gegensatz zuprim{\"a}ren Zellen k{\"o}nnen die beschriebenen Zusammenh{\"a}nge in Zellkulturen vom humanen und murinen T Zellen nicht beobachtet werden, und sind somit spezifisch f{\"u}r primare TZellen. Wir beschreiben auch die Klonierung eines chim{\"a}ren dominant-negativen Typ II Rezeptors, der an eine Kinase gekoppelt ist, die bei Aktivierung Zelltod ausl{\"o}st. Damit soll es in Zukunft m{\"o}glich sein, T-Zellen gegen{\"u}ber TGF-b Resistenz zu verleihen. Die hier geschilderten Ergebnisse vertiefen die Kenntnisse {\"u}ber molekulare Mechanismen der Wirkung von TGF-b auf T-Zellen und k{\"o}nnen vielleicht dazu beitragen, negative Effekte von TGF-b, zum Beispiel in der Tumortherapie, gezielt abzuwenden.},
  subject      = {T-Lymphozyt},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Baia2002,
  author    = {Baia, Gheorghe Lucian},
  title     = {Theory and applications of confocal micro-Raman spectroscopy on hybrid polymer coatings and PDMS membranes and spectroscopic studies of doped B2O3-Bi2O3 glass systems},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-4606},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {The thesis consists of two major parts. The first part contains a theoretical-experimental study of confocal micro-Raman spectroscopy on hybrid polymer coatings and an application of this spectroscopic method on PDMS-membranes. The theoretical-experimental study includes the application of a model that describes the influence of the refraction effect on the focus length on confocal Raman experiments, and the development of a new model that additionally takes into account the effect of diffraction on the focus dimensions. A parallel comparison between these two theoretical approaches and experimental data has been also drawn and a better agreement between theory and experiment was observed, when both refraction and diffraction effects were considered. Further, confocal resonance micro-Raman spectroscopy has been applied to characterise the diffusion processes of pharmacologically relevant molecules (b-carotene dissolved in dimethylsulfoxide) through a polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS)-membrane. The diffusion rate as a function of the measurement depth and diffusion time as well as the concentration gradient under a steady flux have been determined. The measurements shown that the confocal micro-Raman technique is a powerful tool to investigate the kinetics of diffusion processes within a membrane before the steady state has been reached. The second part of the thesis contains infrared and Raman spectroscopic studies of copper and iron doped B2O3-Bi2O3 glass systems. These studies were performed to obtain specific data regarding their local structure and the role played by dopant ions on boron and bismuthate units. The changes of B2O3 and Bi2O3 structural units due to the relaxation of the amorphous structure, which was induced in these samples by the thermal treatment, were also evidenced.},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Bolboaca2002,
  author    = {Bolboaca, Monica-Maria},
  title     = {Vibrational characterisation of coordination and biologically active compounds by means of IR absorption, Raman and surface-enhanced Raman spectroscopy in combination with theoretical simulations},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-4616},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {The thesis contains two major parts. The first part deals with structural investigations on different coordination compounds performed by using infrared absorption and FT-Raman spectroscopy in combination with density functional theory calculations. In the first section of this part the starting materials Ph2P-N(H)SiMe3 and Ph3P=NSiMe3 and their corresponding [(MeSi)2NZnPh2P-NSiMe3]2 and Li(o-C6H4PPh2NSiMe3)]2·Et2O complexes have been investigated in order to determine the influence of the metal coordination on the P-N bond length. In the next section the vibrational spectra of four hexacoordinated silicon(IV) and germanium(IV) complexes with three symmetrical bidentate oxalato(2-) ligands have been elucidated. Kinetic investigations of the hydrolysis of two of them, one with silicon and another one with germanium, have been carried out at room temperature and at different pH values and it was observed that the hydrolysis reaction occurs only for the silicon compound, the fastest reaction taking place at acidic pH. In the last section of this part, the geometric configurations of some hexacoordinated silicon(IV) complexes with three unsymmetrical bidentate hydroximato(2-) ligands have been determined. The second part of the thesis contains vibrational investigations of some biologically active molecules performed by means of Raman spectroscopy together with theoretical simulations. The SER spectra of these molecules at different pH values have also been analysed and the adsorption behaviour on the metal surface as well as the influence of the pH on the molecule-substrate interaction have been established.},
  subject      = {Komplexe},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Sitaru2003,
  author    = {Sitaru, Ana Gabriela},
  title     = {Modulation of the T cell response with MHC class I peptides and their analogues},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-4561},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2003},
  abstract  = {Transplantation is now firmly established as a therapeutic approach to extend and improve the life of patients in the final stages of organ failure. It has been demonstrated that transplantation between genetically non-identical individuals leads to the activation of the recipient's alloimmune response as a major determinant of transplant outcome. T cell recognition of foreign MHC molecules plays a key role in initiating and sustaining allograft rejection. To prevent the risk of rejection, patients are given immunosuppressive drugs, which are non-specific and have major side-effects (infections, malignancies). It has been shown that the alloreactive T cells specifically recognize donor MHC-derived peptides. This implies that it may be possible to develop antigen-specific strategies in order to modulate the alloimmune response by peptide analogues and specifically altered peptide ligands. The purpose of this study was to explore the potential of "recipient-adapted" analogues from the dominant MHC class I peptide to modulate the alloimmune response. Beside the significant role of donor dominant determinants in the rejection process, we tested seven 13-to-24-mer peptides from the Wistar-Furth MHC class I molecule (WF, RT1.Au) for their possible immunogenicity in a fully MHC-mismatched WF to Lewis (LEW, RT1l) rat strain combination. Secondly, the immunodominant allopeptide was selected to generate analogues in order to investigate their modulatory capacity. All peptides were tested in vitro in a standard proliferation assay and in vivo using a heterotopic heart transplantation model. Our findings show that five peptides (P1-P5) were able to induce specific T cell proliferation in LEW responders. Furthermore, we found a hierarchical distribution of the determinants: peptide P1 as a good candidate for the immunodominant determinant, while P2, P3, P4, and P5 as subdominant epitopes and the other two peptides, P6 and P7, as non-immunogenic determinants of WF MHC class I molecule. Furthermore, the dominance of P1 was confirmed by the strong proliferation induced after immunization with a mixture of peptides in the presence of P1. This hierarchical distribution of the proliferative response correlated with the cytokine production. Peptide P1, comprising only 3 allogeneic amino acids (L5, L9, and T10) induced the strongest T cell proliferation and produced high levels of cytokines, especially IL-2 and IFN-g. In addition, the immunodominance of peptide P1 was confirmed by the significant reduction in the allograft survival time in comparison to the non-immunized control animals. Since the TCR Vß repertoire of rejected graft-infiltrating cells in rejected allografts was similar to the profile observed after in vitro restimulation of P1-primed T cells, we concluded that peptide P1 is able to activate the alloreactive T cell population. Our results demonstrate the particular role of the dominant peptide P1 (residues 1-19) in the allograft rejection in WF to LEW rat strain combination. In the second set of experiments, we investigated the fine specificity of the dominant peptide P1-activated T cells using peptide analogues from P1. The "recipient-adapted" analogues were designed by changing the allogeneic RT1.Au amino acids (L5, L9, T10) one-by-one with the correspondent syngeneic RT1.Al amino acids (M5, D9, I10) in the sequence of peptide P1. The six peptide analogues (A1.1-A1.6) consisting of either one or two allogeneic amino acids were able to induce a specific T cell proliferative response and cytokine production. Analogue A1.5 with only one allogeneic amino acid (L5) was of particular interest because it induced a low T cell proliferation and high cytokine levels, especially IL-4 and IL-10. In addition, immunization with A1.5 did not influence the allograft survival time in comparison to the non-immunized LEW recipients. A1.5 was the only analogue able to down-regulate the proliferation of P1-primed T cells. Our results reveal that A1.5 is an MHC competitor as confirmed by the in vitro MHC competition assay and the inhibition of the negative effect of P1 on the allograft survival time when recipients were immunized with a mixture of P1 and A1.5. These findings suggest that it is possible to design peptide analogues, such as A1.5, which do not stimulate the dominant peptide P1-specific T cell population and even more, are able to block its presentation in the MHC molecule. In all, the results indicate that the specific suppression of indirect allorecognition can be achieved by using peptide analogues of the dominant allopeptide.},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Lutz2002,
  author    = {Lutz, Marion},
  title     = {Effects of nerve growth factor on TGF-Beta,Smad signal transduction in PC12 cells},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-4248},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {Transforming growth factor-ß (TGF-ß) is a multifunctional cytokine that is engaged in regulating versatile cellular processes that are pivotal for development and homeostasis of most tissues in multicellular organisms. TGF-ß signal transduction is initially propagated by binding of TGF-ß to transmembrane serine/threonine kinase receptors, designated TßRI and TßRII. Upon activation, the receptors phosphorylate Smad proteins which serve as downstream mediators that enter the nucleus and finally trigger transcriptional responses of specific genes. During the past years, it became evident that signaling cascades do not proceed in a linear fashion but rather represent a complex network of numerous pathways that mutually influence each other. Along these lines, members of the TGF-ß superfamily are attributed to synergize with neurotrophins. Together, they mediate neurotrophic effects in different populations of the nervous system, suggesting that an interdependence exists between TGF-ßs on the one hand and neurotrophins on the other. In the present work, the crosstalk of NGF and TGF-ß/Smad signaling pathways is characterized in rat pheochromocytoma cells (PC12) which are frequently used as a model system for neuronal differentiation. PC12 cells were found to be unresponsive to TGF-ß due to limiting levels of TßRII. However, stimulation with NGF results in initiation of Smad-mediated transcription independent of TGF-ß. Binding of NGF to functional TrkA receptors triggers activation of Smad3. This NGF-dependent Smad activation occurs by a mechanism which is different from being induced by TGF-ß receptors in that it provokes a different phosphorylation pattern of R-Smads. Together with an inferior role of TßRI, Smad3 is proposed to serve as a substrate for cellular kinases other than TßRI. Based on the presented involvement of components of both, the MAPK/Erk and the TAK1/MKK6 cascade, signal mediators of these pathways rank as candidates to mediate direct activation of Smad3. Smad3 is subsequently translocated to the nucleus and activates transcription in a Smad4-dependent manner. Negative regulation is provided by Smad7 which was found to act as a potent inhibitor of Smad signaling not only in TGF-ß- but also in NGF-mediated cascades. The potential of NGF to activate the Smad pathway independent of TGF-ß might be of special importance in regulating expression of genes that are essential for the development and function of neuronal cells or of other NGF-sensitive cells, in particular those which are TGF-ß-resistant.},
  subject      = {Transforming growth factor beta},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Selinka2002,
  author    = {Selinka, Carola},
  title     = {Synthetic routes to asymmetrical Alkylenediimidosulfites and Novel Heteroarene-linked Bis-diimidosulfinates and Bis-triimidosulfonates},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-4271},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {This theses deals with the syntheses and the coordination behaviour of polyimidosulfur anions like S(NR)32-, S(NR)42-, RS(NR)2- or RS(NR)3-, the nitrogen analogues of the well known oxo-anions SO32-, SO42-, RSO2- and RSO3-. The first aim was the synthesis of a triimidosulfite with three different NR-substituents, a so called asymmetrical triimidosulfite. In all reactions, that have been carried out to obtain a triimidosulfite with three (or two) different residues at nitrogen, the final product was always the dilithium sulfide adduct. The syntheses of chiral alkylenediimidosulfites was successful. Similar to Corey's S-ylides (R2(O)S+--CR2) and Wittig's phosphonium ylides (R3P+--CR2) these molecules contain a positively charged sulfur atom next to a carbanionic centre. The structures of the alkylenediimidosulfites are not influenced by the different substituents at nitrogen and carbon, respectively. In each case a doublecubic structure is received. The first members of a completely new class of compounds were synthesised: the aryl-bis-(diimidosulfinates). In this compounds two SN2 units are connected via a heteroaromatic linker, containing a potential donor centre in metal coordination. They represent, like the known alkyldiimidosulfinates, dipodal monoanionic ligands. In the field of sulfur (VI) chemistry the syntheses of aryltriimidosulfonates were successful. Hitherto it was believed, that only spatial less demanding lithium organics could be added to a S=N double bond in S(NtBu)3. This assumption was confirmed by the fact that methyl- and phenylacetylene-triimidosulfonate were the only known alkylsulfonates. Nevertheless, the addition of several lithiumheteroarenes to sulfurtriimide worked without difficulties. If the shape of the nucleophile permits to slot in between the NtBu substituents and to approach the electrophilic sulfur in the sulfurtriimide from the side rather than in an orthogonal angle, the addition reaction works smoothly. Although the steric demand of the tris(tert.-butyl)triimidosulfonate unit is very high, the synthesis of thiophene-bis-(triimidosulfonate) worked. The sulfonate moieties function as dipodal ligands.},
  subject      = {Schwefelylide},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Putz2002,
  author    = {Putz, Gabriele},
  title     = {Characterization of memories and ignorant (S6KII) mutants in operant conditioning in the heat-box},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-4195},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {Learning and memory processes of operant conditioning in the heat-box were analysed. Age, sex, and larval desity were not critical parameters influencing memory, while low or high activity levels of flies were negatively correlated with their performance. In a search for conditioning parameters leading to high retention scores, intermittent training was shown to give better results than continuous training. As the memory test is the immediate continuation of the conditioning phase just omitting reinforcement, we obtain a memory which consists of two components: a spatial preference for one side of the chamber and a stay-where-you-are effect in which the side preference is contaminated by the persistence of heat avoidance. Intermittent training strengthens the latter. In the next part, memory retention was investigated. Flies were trained in one chamber and tested in a second one after a brief reminder training. With this direct transfer, memory scores reflect an associative learning process in the first chamber. To investigate memory retention after extended time periods, indirect transfer experiments were performed. The fly was transferred to a different environment between training and test phases. With this procedure an after-effect of the training was still observed two hours later. Surprisingly, exposure to the chamber without conditioning also lead to a memory effect in the indirect transfer experiment. This exposure effect revealed a dispositional change that facilitates operant learning during the reminder training. The various memory effects are independent of the mushroom bodies. The transfer experiments and yoked controls proved that the heat-box records an associative memory. Even two hours after the operant conditioning procedure, the fly remembers that its position in the chamber controls temperature. The cAMP signaling cascade is involved in heat-box learning. Thus, amnesiac, rutabaga, and dunce mutants have an impaired learning / memory. Searching for, yet unknown, genes and signaling cascades involved in operant conditioning, a Drosophila melanogaster mutant screen with 1221 viable X-chromosome P-element lines was performed. 29 lines with consistently reduced heat avoidance/ learning or memory scores were isolated. Among those, three lines have the p[lacW] located in the amnesiac ORF, confirming that with the chosen candidate criteria the heat-box is a useful tool to screen for learning and /or memory mutants. The mutant line ignP1 (8522), which is defective in the gene encoding p90 ribosomal S6 kinase (S6KII), was investigated. The P-insertion of line ignP1 is the first Drosophila mutation in the ignorant (S6KII) gene. It has the transposon inserted in the first exon. Mutant males are characterized by low training performance, while females perform well in the standard experiment. Several deletion mutants of the ignorant gene have been generated. In precise jumpouts the phenotype was reverted. Imprecise jumpouts with a partial loss of the coding region were defective in operant conditioning. Surprisingly, null mutants showed wild-type behavior. This might indicate an indirect effect of the mutated ignorant gene on learning processes. In classical odor avoidance conditioning, ignorant null mutants showed a defect in the 3-min, 30-min, and 3-hr memory, while the precise jumpout of the transposon resulted in a reversion of the behavioral phenotype. Deviating results from operant and classical conditioning indicate different roles for S6KII in the two types of learning.},
  subject      = {Taufliege},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{BletzSiebert2002,
  author    = {Bletz-Siebert, Oliver},
  title     = {Homogeneous spaces with the cohomology of sphere products and compact quadrangles},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-3994},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {We consider homogeneous spaces G/H with the same rational homotopy as a product of a 1-sphere and a (m+1)-sphere. We show that these spaces have also the rational cohomology of such a sphere product if H is connected and if the quotient has dimension m+2. Furthermore, we prove that if additionally the fundamental group of G/H is cyclic, then G/H is locally a product of a 1-torus and ofA/H, where A/H is a simply connected rational cohomology (m+1)-sphere (and hence classified). If H fails to be connected, then with U as the connected component of H the G-action on the covering space G/U of G/H has connected stabilizers, and the results apply to G/U. To show that under the assumptions above every natural number may be realized as the order of the group of connected components of H we calculate the cohomology of certain homogeneous spaces. We also determine the rational cohomology of the fibre bundle U-->G-->G/U if G/H meets the assumptions above. This is done by considering the respective Leray-Serre spectral sequence. The structure of the cohomology of U-->G-->G/U then gives a second proof for the structure of compact connected Lie groups acting transitively on spaces with the rational homotopy of a product of a 1-sphere and a (m+1)-sphere. Since a quotient of a homogeneous space with the same rational homotopy or cohomology as a product of a 1-sphere and a (m+1)-sphere is not simply connected, there often arises the question whether or not a considered fibre bundle or fibration is orientable. A large amount of space will therefore be given to the problem of showing that certain fibrations are orientable. For compact connected (m+2)-manifolds with cyclic fundamental groups and with the rational homotopy of a product of a 1-sphere and a (m+1)-sphere we show the following: if a connected Lie group acts transitively on the manifold, then the maximal compact subgroups are either transitive, or their orbits are simply connected rational cohomology spheres of codimension 1. Homogeneous spaces with the same rational cohomology or homotopy as a a product of a 1-sphere and a (m+1)-sphere play a role in the study of different types of geometrical objects. They appear for example as focal manifolds of isoparametric hypersurfaces with four distinct principal curvatures. Further examples of such spaces are the point spaces and the line spaces of compact connected generalized quadrangles. We determine the isometry groups of isoparametric hypersurfaces with 4 principal curvatures of multiplicities 1 and m which are transitive on the focal manifold with non-trivial fundamental group. Buildings were introduced by Jacques Tits to give interpretations of simple groups of Lie type. They are a far-reaching generalization of projective spaces, in particular a generalization of projective planes. There is another generalization of projective planes called generalized polygons. A projective plane is the same as a generalized triangle. The generalized polygons are also contained in the class of buildings: they are the buildings of rank 2. To compact quadrangles one can assign a pair of natural numbers called the topological parameters of the quadrangles. We treat the case k=1. It turns out that there are no other point-transitive compact connected Lie groups for (1,m)-quadrangles than the ones for the real orthogonal quadrangles. Furthermore, we solve the problem of three infinite series of group actions which Kramer left as open problems; there are no quadrangles with the homogeneous spaces in question as point spaces (up to maybe a finite number of small parameters in one of the three series).},
  subject      = {Homogener Raum},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Sitaru2002,
  author    = {Sitaru, Cassian},
  title     = {Pathogenicity of autoantibodies to type VII collagen from patients with epidermolysis bullosa acquisita},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-3982},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {Die Epidermolysis bullosa acquisita (EBA) ist eine subepidermal blasenbildende Autoimmundermatose, die mit Autoantik{\"o}rpern gegen Typ VII Kollagen, den Hauptbestandteil der Verankerungsfibrillen der dermo-epidermalen Junktionszone (DEJ), assoziert ist. Bislang war jedoch unklar, ob diese Autoantik{\"o}rper tats{\"a}chlich eine Blasenbildung verursachen. In der vorliegenden Arbeit gingen wir dieser Frage unter Verwendung eines Gefrierschnitt-Modells nach. Nach Koinkubation mit Leukozyten gesunder Spender induzierten 14 von 16 EBA-Seren eine subepidermale Spaltbildung, nicht jedoch die Seren von gesunden Freiwilligen. Die Spaltbildung erfolgte im Bereich der Lamina lucida der DEJ und war von der Rekrutierung und Aktivierung neutrophiler Granulozyten, nicht jedoch von der Pr{\"a}senz mononuklearer Zellen abh{\"a}ngig. Autoantik{\"o}rper von Patienten, die gegen eine rekombinante Form der NC1-Dom{\"a}ne des Typ VII Kollagens affinit{\"a}tsaufgereinigt wurden, und der gegen die NC-1-Dom{\"a}ne gerichtete monoklonale Antik{\"o}rper LH7.2 induzierten ebenfalls eine subepidermale Spaltildung. Dagegen f{\"u}hrte die Pr{\"a}adsorption der EBA-Seren mit rekombinantem Typ VII Kollagen zum Verlust des blaseninduzierenden Potentials. Diese F{\"a}higkeit verloren auch durch Pepsinverdau hergestellte F(ab')2-Fragmente der Patienten-Autoantik{\"o}rper gegen Typ VII Kollagen. Die Ergebnisse dieser Arbeit zeigen, dass Autoantik{\"o}rper gegen Typ VII Kollagen eine Fcg-abh{\"a}ngige Entz{\"u}ndung und subepidermale Spaltbildung in Gefrierschnitten humaner Haut hervorrufen.},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Chan2002,
  author    = {Chan, Gordon},
  title     = {The Role of Vav-1, Vav-2 and Lsc in NK T cell development and NK cell cytotoxicity},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-3645},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {The hematopoietic-specific Rho-family GTP exchange factor (GEF) Vav-1 is a regulator of lymphocyte antigen receptor signaling and mediates normal maturation and activation of B and T cells. Recent findings suggest that Vav-1 also forms part of signaling pathways required for natural and antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC) of human NK cells. In this study, I show that Vav-1 is also expressed in murine NK cells. Vav-1-/- mice had normal numbers of splenic NK cells, and these displayed a similar expression profile of NK cell receptors as cells from wild type mice. Unexpectedly, IL-2-activated Vav-1-/- NK cells retained normal ADCC. Fc-receptor mediated activation of ERK, JNK, and p38 was also normal. In contrast, Vav-1-/- NK cells exhibited reduced natural cytotoxicity against EL4, C4.4.25, RMA and RMA/S. Together, these results demonstrate that Vav-1 is dispensable for mainstream NK cell development, but is required for NK cell natural cytotoxicity. Vav-2, a protein homologous to Vav-1 has also been implicated in NK cell functions. However, NK cells from Vav-2-/- mice have normal cytotoxic activities and NK cells that lack both Vav-1 and Vav-2 exhibit similar defect as Vav-1-/- cells. Thus Vav-2 has no apparent function in the development and the activation of NK cells. Although NK cell development is normal in Vav-1-/- mice, their numbers of NKT cells were dramatically diminished. Furthermore, NKT cells from Vav-1 mutant mice failed to produce IL-4 and IFNg following in vivo CD3 stimulation. A similar loss of NKT cells was observed in Vav-1-/-Vav-2-/- mice, but not in Vav-2-/- mice, suggesting that only Vav-1, and not Vav-2, is an essential regulator of NKT cell development and NK cell cytotoxicity. Similar to Vav-1, Lsc is a Rho GEF that is expressed specifically in the hematopoietic system. It contains a regulator of G-protein signaling (RGS) domain which negatively regulates the Ga12 and Ga13 subunits of G-protein coupled receptors (GPCRs). This study shows that NK and NKT cell development are normal in Lsc-/- mice. However, NK cells from mutant mice display enhanced cytotoxic responses towards a panel of tumor cells. These data implicate for the first time a RGS-containing Rho GEF in cytotoxic responses and suggest that Lsc down-modulate NK cell activation.},
  subject      = {Maus},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Porsch2002,
  author    = {Porsch, Matthias},
  title     = {OMB and ORG-1},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-3614},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {Members of the T-box gene family encode transcription factors that play key roles during embryonic development and organogenesis of invertebrates and vertebrates. The defining feature of T-box proteins is an about 200 aa large, conserved DNA binding motif, the T domain. Their importance for proper development is highlighted by the dramatic phenotypes of T-box mutant animals. My thesis was mainly focused on two Drosophila T-box genes, optomotor-blind (omb) and optomotor-blind related 1 (org-1), and included (i) a genetic analysis of org-1 and (ii) the identification of molecular determinants within OMB and ORG-1 that confer functional specificity. (i) Genetic analysis of org-1 initially based on a behavioral Drosophila mutant, C31. C31 is a X-linked, recessive mutant and was mapped to 7E-F, the cytological region of org-1. This pleiotropic mutant is manifested in walking defects, structural aberrations in the central brain, and "held-out" wings. Molecular analysis revealed that C31 contains an insertion of a 5' truncated I retrotransposon within the 3' untranslated transcript of org-1, suggesting that C31 might represent the first org-1 mutant. Based on this hypothesis, we screened 44.500 F1 female offspring of EMS mutagenized males and C31 females for the "held-out" phenotype, but failed to isolate any C31 or org-1 mutant, although this mutagenesis was functional per se. Since we could not exclude the possibility that our failure is due to an idiosyncracy of C31, we intended not to rely on C31 in further genetic experiments and followed a reverse genetic strategy . All P element lines cytologically mapping to 7E-7F were characterized for their precise insertion sites. 13 of the 19 analyzed lines had P element insertions within a hot-spot 37 kb downstream of org-1. No P element insertions within org-1 could be identified, but several P element insertions were determined on either side of org-1. The org-1 nearest insertions were used for local-hop experiments, in which we associated 6 new genes with P insertions, but failed to target org-1. The closest P elements are still 10 kb away from org-1. Subsequently, we employed org-1 flanking P elements to induce precise deletions in 7E-F spanning org-1. Two org-1 flanking P elements were brought together on a recombinant chromosome. Remobilization of P elements in cis configuration frequently results in deletions with the P element insertion sites as deficiency endpoints. In a first attempt, we expected to identify deficiencies by screening for C31 alleles. 8 new C31 alleles could be isolated. The new C31 chromosomes, however, did not carry the desired deletion. Molecular analysis indicated that C31 is not caused by aberrations in org-1, but by mutations in a distal locus. We repeated the P element remobilization and screened for the absence of P element markers. 4 lethal chromosomes could be isolated with a deletion of the org-1 locus. (ii) The consequences of ectopic org-1 were analyzed using UAS-org-1 transgenic flies and a number of different Gal4 driver lines. Misexpression of org-1 during imaginal development interfered with the normal development of many organs and resulted in flies with a plethora of phenotypes. These include a homeotic transformation of distal antenna (flagellum) into distal leg structures, a strong size reduction of the legs along their proximo-distal axis, and stunted wings. Like ectopic org-1, ectopic omb leads to dramatic changes of normal developmental pathways in Drosophila as well. dpp-Gal4/ UAS-omb flies are late pupal lethal and show an ectopic pair of wings and largely reduced eyes. GMR-Gal4 driven ectopic omb expression in the developing eye causes a degeneration of the photoreceptor cells, while GMR-Gal4/ UAS-org-1 flies have intact eyes. Hence, ectopic org-1 and omb induce profound phenotypes that are qualitatively different for these homologous genes. To begin to address the question where within OMB and ORG-1 the specificity determinants reside, we conceptionally subdivided both proteins into three domains and tested the relevance ofthese domains for functional specificity in vivo. The single domains were cloned and used as modules to assemble all possible omb-org-1 chimeric trans- genes. A method was developed to determine the relative expression strength of different UAS-transgenes, allowing to compare the various transgenic constructs for qualitative differences only, excluding different transgene quantities. Analysis of chimeric omb-org-1 transgenes with the GMR-Gal4 driver revealed that all three OMB domains contribute to functional specificity.},
  subject      = {Taufliege},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Thom2002,
  author    = {Thom, Corinna},
  title     = {Dynamics and Communication Structures of Nectar Foraging in Honey Bees (Apis mellifera)},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-3601},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {In this thesis, I examined honey bee nectar foraging with emphasis on the communication system. To document how a honey bee colony adjusts its daily nectar foraging effort, I observed a random sample of individually marked workers during the entire day, and then estimated the number and activity of all nectar foragers in the colony. The total number of active nectar foragers in a colony changed frequently between days. Foraging activity did not usually change between days. A honey bee colony adjusts its daily foraging effort by changing the number of its nectar foragers rather than their activity. I tested whether volatiles produced by a foraging colony activated nectar foragers of a non-foraging colony by connecting with a glass tube two colonies. Each colony had access to a different green house. In 50\% of all experiments, volatile substances from the foraging colony stimulated nectar foragers of the non-foraging colony to fly to an empty feeder. The results of this study show that honey bees can produce a chemical signal or cue that activates nectar foragers. However, more experiments are needed to establish the significance of the activating volatiles for the foraging communication system. The brief piping signal of nectar foragers inhibits forager recruitment by stopping waggle dances (Nieh 1993, Kirchner 1993). However, I observed that many piping signals (approximately 43\%) were produced off the dance floor, a restricted area in the hive where most waggle dances are performed. If the inhibition of waggle dances would be the only function of the brief piping signal, tremble dancers should produce piping signals mainly on the dance floor, where the probability to encounter waggle dancers is highest. To therefore investigate the piping signal in more detail, I experimentally established the foraging context of the brief piping signal, characterized its acoustic properties, and documented for the first time the unique behavior of piping nectar foragers by observing foragers throughout their entire stay in the hive. Piping nectar foragers usually began to tremble dance immediately upon their return into the hive, spent more time in the hive, more time dancing, had longer unloading latencies, and were the only foragers that sometimes unloaded their nectar directly into cells instead of giving it to a nectar receiver bee. Most of the brief piping signals (approximately 99\%) were produced by tremble dancers, yet not all tremble dancers (approximately 48\%) piped. This suggests that piping and tremble dancing have related, but not identical functions in the foraging system. Thus, the brief piping signals may not only inhibit forager recruitment, but have an additional function both on and off the dance floor. In particular, the piping signal might function 1. to stop the recruitment of additional nectar foragers, and 2. as a modulatory signal to alter the response threshold of signal receivers to the tremble dance. The observation that piping tremble dancers often did not experience long unloading delays before they started to dance gave rise to a question. A forager's unloading delay provides reliable information about the relative work capacities of nectar foragers and nectar receivers, because each returning forager unloads her nectar to a nectar receiver before she takes off for the next foraging trip. Queuing delays for either foragers or receivers lower foraging efficiency and can be eliminated by recruiting workers to the group in shortage. Short unloading delays indicate to the nectar forager a shortage of foragers and stimulate waggle dancing which recruits nectar foragers. Long unloading delays indicate a shortage of nectar receivers and stimulate tremble dancing which recruits nectar receivers (Seeley 1992, Seeley et al. 1996). Because the short unloading delays of piping tremble dancers indicated that tremble dancing can be elicited by other factors than long unloading delays, I tested whether a hive-external stimulus, the density of foragers at the food source, stimulated tremble dancing directly. The experiments show that tremble dancing can be caused directly by a high density of foragers at the food source and suggest that tremble dancing can be elicited by a decrease of foraging efficiency either inside (e.g. shortage of receiver bees) or outside (e.g. difficulty of loading nectar) the hive. Tremble dancing as a reaction to hive-external stimuli seems to occur under natural conditions and can thus be expected to have some adaptive significance. The results imply that if the hive-external factors that elicit tremble dancing do not indicate a shortage of nectar receiver bees in the hive, the function of the tremble dance may not be restricted to the recruitment of additional nectar receivers, but might be the inhibition or re-organization of nectar foraging.},
  subject      = {Bienen <Familie>},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Jadulco2002,
  author    = {Jadulco, Raquel C.},
  title     = {Isolation and structure elucidation of bioactive secondary metabolites from marine sponges and sponge-derived fungi},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-3565},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {Low-molecular mass natural products from bacteria, fungi, plants and marine organisms exhibit unique structural diversity which are of interest for the identification of new lead structures for medicinals and agrochemicals. In the search for bioactive compounds from marine sponges and sponge-associated fungi, this research work resulted to the isolation of twenty-six compounds, eight of which are new metabolites. The sponges were collected from the Indo-pacific regions, particularly those from Indonesian and Philippine waters, as well as those from the Mediterranean Sea near the island of Elba in Italy. A combination of the chemically- and biologically-driven approach for drug discovery was employed, wherein extracts were screened for antibacterial, antifungal and cytotoxic activities. In addition to the bioassay-guided approach to purify the compounds responsible for the activity of the extract, TLC, UV and MS were also used to isolate the chemically most interesting substances. Hence, purified compounds which are not responsible for the initial bioscreening activity may have a chance to be evaluated for other bioactivities. Enumerated below are the compounds which have been isolated and structurally elucidated and whose bioactivities have been further characterized. 1. The extract of the fungus Cladosporium herbarum associated with the sponge Callyspongia aerizusa afforded seven structurally related polyketides, including two new twelve-membered macrolides: pandangolide 3 and 4, and a new acetyl congener of the previously isolated 5-hydroxymethyl-2-furoic acid. The two furoic acid analogues isolated were found to be responsible for the antimicrobial activity of the extract. The isolation of the known phytotoxin Cladospolide B from Cladosporium herbarum, which was originally known from Cladosporium cladosporioides and C. tenuissimum, indicates the possibility that Cladospolide B may be a chemotaxonomic marker of particular Cladosporium species. 2. The extract of the fungus Curvularia lunata associated with the Indonesian sponge Niphates olemda yielded three compounds, namely the new antimicrobially-active anthraquinone lunatin, the known bisanthraquinone cytoskyrin A, and the known plant hormone abscisic acid. The co-occurrence of the two structurally-related anthraquinones suggests that the monomeric lunatin may be a precursor in the biosynthesis of the bisanthraquinone cytoskyrin A. 3. The fungus Penicillium spp. associated with the Mediterranean sponge Axinella verrucosa yielded six compounds, namely the known antifungal griseofulvin and its less active dechloro analogue; the known toxin oxaline; and the known cytotoxic metabolite communesin B and its two new congeners communesin C and D. The new communesins were less active than communesin B in the brine-shrimp lethality test. 4. An unidentified fungus which was also isolated from the same Mediterranean sponge Axinella verrucosa as Penicillium spp. yielded the known compound monocerin which has been reported to possess phytotoxic and insecticidal activities. 5. The fungus Aspergillus flavus associated with the Philippine sponge Hyrtios aff. reticulatus yielded the known toxin a-cyclopiazonic acid. 6. The Indonesian sponge Agelas nakamurai yielded four bromopyrrole alkaloids namely the new compound 4-bromo-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid, and the known compounds: 4-bromo-pyrrole-2-carboxamide, mukanadin B and mukanadin C. All of the four compounds except mukanadin B were found to be antimicrobially-active. Bromopyrrole alkaloids are well-known metabolites of the genus Agelas and are proven to play an important role in the chemical defense of the sponge against predation from fishes. 7. The Indonesian sponge Jaspis splendens yielded three known substances which are known for their antiproliferative activities, namely the depsipeptides jaspamide (jasplakinolide), and its derivatives jaspamide B and jaspamide C.},
  subject      = {Meeresschw{\"a}mme},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Stoimenova2002,
  author    = {Stoimenova, Maria},
  title     = {Normoxic and anoxic metabolism of Nicotiana tabacum transformants lacking root nitrate reductase},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-3498},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {The aim of this work was to find out whether and how nitrate reduction in roots would facilitate survival of hypoxic and anoxic (flooding)-phases. For that purpose, we compared the response of roots of hydroponically grown tobacco wildtype (Nicotiana tabacum cv. Gatersleben) and of a transformant (LNR-H) with no nitrate reductase (NR) in the roots but almost normal NR in leaves (based on a nia2-double mutant). As an additional control we used occasionally a 35S-transformant of the same nia2-double mutant, which on the same genetic background constitutively expressed NR in all organs. In some cases, we also compared the response of roots from WT plants, which had been grown on tungstate for some time in order to completely suppress NR activity. The following root parameters were examined: 1) Growth and morphology 2) Root respiration rates and leaf transpiration 3) Metabolite contents in roots (ATP, hexosemonophosphates, free sugars, starch, amino acids, total protein) 4) Inorganic cation and anion contents 5) Lactate and ethanol production 6) Extractable LDH-and ADH-activities 7) Cytosolic pH values (by 31P-NMR) 8) NO Cation and anion contents of roots from WT and LNR-H were only slightly different, confirming that these plants would be better suited for our purposes than the widely used comparison of nitrate-versus ammonium-grown plants, which usually show up with dramatic differences in their ion contents. Normoxia: LNR-H-plants had shorter and thicker roots than WT with a lower roots surface area per leaf FW. This was probably the major cause for the significantly lower specific leaf transpiration of LNR-H. WT-roots had lower respiration rates, lower ATP-and HMP-contents, slightly lower sugar- and starch contents and somewhat lower amino acid contents than LNR-H roots. However, total protein/FW was almost identical. Obviously the LNR-H transformants did not suffer from N-defciency, and their energy status appeared even better than that of WT-roots. Data from the 35S-transformant were similar to those of WT. This indicates that the observed differences between WT and LNR-H were not due to unknown factors of the genetic nia2-background, but that they could be really traced back to the presence resp. absence of nitrate reduction. Anoxia: Under short-term anoxia (2h) LNR-H plants, but not WT-plants exhibited clear symptoms of wilting, although leaf transpiration was lower with LNR-H. Reasons are not known yet. LNR-H roots produced much more ethanol (which was excreted) and lactate compared to WT, but extractable ADH and LDH activities, were not induced by anoxia. However, the LDH activity background was twice as high as that of the WT troughout the time period studied. Tungstate-treated WT-roots also gave higher fermentation rates than normal WT roots. Sugar- and HMP-contents remained higher in LNR-H roots than in WT. NR in WT roots was activated under anoxia and roots accumulated nitrite, which was also released to the medium. 31P-NMR spectroscopy showed that LNR-H- roots, in spite of their better energy status, acidified their cytosol more than WT roots. Conclusions: Obviously nitrate reduction affects - by as yet unknown mechanisms - root growth and morphology. The much lower anoxic fermentation rates of WT-roots compared to LNR-H roots could not be traced back to an alternative NADH consumption by nitrate reduction, since NR activity was too low for that. An overall estimation of H+-production by glycolysis, fermentation and nitrate reduction (without nitrite reduction, which was absent under anoxia) indicated that the stronger cytosolic acidification of anoxic LNR-H roots was based on their higher fermentation rates. Thus, nitrate reduction under anoxia appears advantageous because of lower fermentation rates and concomitantly lower cytosolic acidification. However, it remained unclear why fermentation rates were so different. Perspective: Preliminary experiments had indicated that WT-roots produced more nitric oxide (NO) under anoxia than LNR-H-roots. Accordingly, we suggest that nitrate reduction, beyond a merely increased NADH-consumption, would lead to advantageous changes in metabolism, eventually via NO-production, which is increasingly recognized as an important signaling compound regulating many plant functions.},
  subject      = {Tabak},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Wolfrom2002,
  author    = {Wolfrom, Martin},
  title     = {Isoparametric hypersurfaces with a homogeneous focal manifold},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-3505},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {The classification of isoparametric hypersurfaces in spheres with a homogeneous focal manifold is a project that has been started by Linus Kramer. It extends results by E. Cartan and Hsiang and Lawson. Kramer does most part of this classification in his Habilitationsschrift. In particular he obtains a classification for the cases where the homogeneous focal manifold is at least 2-connected. Results of E. Cartan, Dorfmeister and Neher, and Takagi also solve parts of the classification problem. This thesis completes the classification. We classify all closed isoparametric hypersurfaces in spheres with g>2 distinct principal curvatures one of whose multiplicities is 2 such that the lower dimensional focal manifold is homogeneous. The methods are essentially the same as in Kramer's 'Habilitationsschrift'. The cohomology of the focal manifolds in question is known. This leads to two topological classification problems, which are also solved in this thesis. We classify simply connected homogeneous spaces of compact Lie groups with the same integral cohomology ring as a product of spheres S^2 x S^m and m odd on the one hand and a truncated polynomial ring Q[a]/(a^m) with one generator of even degree and m > 1 as its rational cohomology ring on the other hand.},
  subject      = {Isoparametrische Hyperfl{\"a}che},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Dornhaus2002,
  author    = {Dornhaus, Anna},
  title     = {The role of communication in the foraging process of social bees},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-3468},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {In the various groups of social bees, different systems of communication about food sources occur. These communication systems are different solutions to a common problem of social insects: efficiently allocating the necessary number of workers first to the task of foraging and second to the most profitable food sources. The solution chosen by each species depends on the particular ecological circumstances as well as the evolutionary history of that species. For example, the outstanding difference between the bumble bee and the honey bee system is that honey bees can communicate the location of profitable food sources to nestmates, which bumble bees cannot. To identify possible selection pressures that could explain this difference, I have quantified the benefits of communicating location in honey bees. I show that these strongly depend on the habitat, and that communicating location might not benefit bees in temperate habitats. This could be due to the differing spatial distributions of resources in different habitats, in particular between temperate and tropical regions. These distributions may be the reason why the mostly temperate-living bumble bees have never evolved a communication system that allows them to transfer information on location of food sources, whereas most tropical social bees (all honey bees and many stingless bees) are able to recruit nestmates to specific points in their foraging range. Nevertheless, I show that in bumble bees the allocation of workers to foraging is also regulated by communication. Successful foragers distribute in the nest a pheromone which alerts other bees to the presence of food. This pheromone stems from a tergite gland, the function of which had not been identified previously. Usage of a pheromone in the nest to alert other individuals to forage has not been described in other social insects, and might constitute a new mode of communicating about food sources. The signal might be modulated depending on the quality of the food source. Bees in the nest sample the nectar that has been brought into the nest. Their decision whether to go out and forage depends not only on the pheromone signal, but also on the quality of the nectar they have sampled. In this way, foraging activity of a bumble bee colony is adjusted to foraging conditions, which means most bees are allocated to foraging only if high-quality food sources are available. In addition, foraging activity is adjusted to the amount of food already stored. In a colony with full honeypots, no new bees are allocated to foraging. These results help us understand how the allocation of workers to the task of food collection is regulated according to external and internal nest conditions in bumble bees.},
  subject      = {Hummel},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Leusser2002,
  author    = {Leußer, Dirk},
  title     = {S=N versus S+-N-},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-3437},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {The main aim of this thesis was to characterise structurally four sulfur-nitrogen compounds in terms of their experimental electron density distribution: Sulfurdiimide S(NtBu)2 (I), sulfurtriimide S(NtBu)3 (II), methyl(diimido)sulfinic acid H(NtBu)2SMe (III) and methylene-bis(triimido)sulfonic acid CH2{S(NtBu)2(HNtBu)}2 (IV). The electron density was determined by multipole refinements on high-resolution X-ray data at low temperatures. The refined densities were analysed by means of Bader's theory of 'Atoms in Molecules' to get information about the bonding types (shared/ closed shell), bond strengths, and the extent of polarisation. The distributions of the static deformation densities, which already showed the most important electronical features as lone-pairs and bonding densities, were calculated for all compounds. The spatial distributions provided a first impression about the bonding properties. The nitrogen lone-pair densities were found to be inclined towards the electropositive sulfur atoms. In II, III and IV the spatial distributions already suggested sp3 hybridisation of the nitrogen atoms. In I gradual differences between the E/Z and Z/Z oriented NtBu groups were visualised. The charge density distribution was analysed along the bond paths, which showed some of the S,N bonds to be considerably bent. In the central part of the thesis detailed topological analyses of the electron density distributions were performed. All BCPs and the related electronical properties as the electron density, the negative Laplacian, the eigenvalues of the Hessian matrix, and several values, which can be deduced from these, were calculated. Due to the low number of comparable published compounds, internal scaling facilitated by III and IV led to system-specific ranking of the S-N and S-C bonds in terms of bond type (shared vs. closed shell), bond order, and bond strength. To quantify bond polarisation a criterion was developed which relates shifts in the BCPs to electron transfer from the electropositive to the electronegative bonding partner. The distributions of the Laplacian were determined for all S-E (E = N, C) bonds because of their fundamental importance for the classification of atomic interactions. Furthermore, the spatial distribution of the negative Laplacian with respect to all important bonds was determined around the central sulfur and nitrogen atoms. The analyses led to detailed information about the S,N interactions. A calculation of the reactive surfaces where the Laplacian equals zero revealed possible reaction pathways of nucleophilic attacks to the central sulfur atoms. All nitrogen atoms in H(NtBu)2SMe (III) as well as in CH2{S(NtBu)2(HNtBu)}2 (IV) are predominantly sp3 hybridised. The S,N bonds should therefore be formulated as S+-N- single bonds, strengthened and shortened by electrostatic reinforcement. In S(NtBu)2 (I) the sp2 hybridisation of the nitrogen atoms was verified. All topological criteria unearthed the inequality of the formally equivalent S=N double bonds. The differences were assigned to the molecular E/Z conformation in the solid state. Interaction between the in-plane lone-pair density of the nitrogen and the sulfur atom located at the same side causes the non-bonding charge concentration at the sulfur atom to be dislocated into the second S-N bond. The existence of a delocalised 3-centres-2-electrons system within the planar SN2 core was assumed to be formed by non-hybridised p-orbitals. An effective delocalisation was found to be possibly disturbed by a weak intermolecular S...S interaction. The interpretation of the S,N interaction in S(NtBu)3 (II) was not straightforward, since the electron density distribution showed both, indicators for multiple bonding as well as for sp3 hybridisation of the nitrogen atoms, which verifies the formulation of a S+-N- bonding mode. The bonding situation in S(NtBu)3 was identified as an intermediate state between that of a delocalised 4-centres-6-electrons system formed by non-hybridised p-orbitals within the planar SN3 unit and that of a S+-N- system.},
  subject      = {Schwefelverbindungen},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Kuells2000,
  author    = {K{\"u}lls, Christoph},
  title     = {Groundwater of the North-Western Kalahari, Namibia},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-1180680},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2000},
  abstract  = {A quantitative model of groundwater flows contributing to the Goblenz state water scheme at the north-western fringe of the Kalahari was developed within this study. The investigated area corresponds to the Upper Omatako basin and encompasses an outer mountainous rim and sediments of the Kalahari sand desert in the centre. This study revealed the eminent importance of the mountainous rim for the water balance of the Kalahari, both in terms of surface and ground water. A hydrochemical subdivision of groundwater types in the mountain rim around the Kalahari was derived from cluster analysis of hydrochemical groundwater data. The western and south-western secondary aquifers within rocks of the Damara Sequence, the Otavi Mountain karst aquifers of the Tsumeb and Abenab subgroups as well as the Waterberg Etjo sandstone aquifer represent the major hydrochemical groups. Ca/Mg and Sr/Ca ratios allowed to trace the groundwater flow from the Otavi Mountains towards the Kalahari near Goblenz. The Otavi Mountains and the Waterberg were identified as the main recharge areas showing almost no or only little isotopic enrichment by evaporation. Soil water balance modelling confirmed that direct groundwater recharge in hard-rock environments tends to be much higher than in areas covered with thick Kalahari sediments. According to the water balance model average recharge rates in hard-rock exposures with only thin sand cover are between 0.1 and 2.5 \% of mean annual rainfall. Within the Kalahari itself very limited recharge was predicted (< 1 \% of mean annual rainfall). In the Upper Omatako basin the highest recharge probability was found in February in the late rainfall season. The water balance model also indicated that surface runoff is produced sporadically, triggering indirect recharge events. Several sinkholes were discovered in the Otavi Foreland to the north of Goblenz forming short-cuts to the groundwater table and preferential recharge zones. Their relevance for the generation of indirect recharge could be demonstrated by stable isotope variations resulting from observed flood events. Within the Kalahari basin several troughs were identified in the pre-Kalahari surface by GIS-based analyses. A map of saturated thickness of Kalahari sediments revealed that these major troughs are partly saturated with groundwater. The main trough, extending from south-west to north-east, is probably connected to the Goblenz state water scheme and represents a major zone of groundwater confluence, receiving groundwater inflows from several recharge areas in the Upper Omatako basin. As a result of the dominance of mountain front recharge the groundwater of the Kalahari carries an isotopic composition of recharge at higher altitudes. The respective percentages of inflow into the Kalahari from different source areas were determined by a mixing-cell approach. According to the mixing model Goblenz receives most of its inflow (70 to 80 \%) from a shallow Kalahari aquifer in the Otavi Foreland which is connected to the Otavi Mountains. Another 15 to 10 \% of groundwater inflow to the Kalahari at Goblenz derive from the Etjo sandstone aquifer to the south and from inflow of a mixed component. In conclusion, groundwater abstraction at Goblenz will be affected by measures that heavily influence groundwater inflow from the Otavi Mountains, the Waterberg, and the fractured aquifer north of the Waterberg.},
  subject      = {Kalahari},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Wanke2000,
  author    = {Wanke, Ansgar},
  title     = {Karoo-Etendeka Unconformities in NW Namibia and their Tectonic Implications},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-3234},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2000},
  abstract  = {In north-western Namibia the fills of the Karoo-Etendeka depositories can be subdivided into (1) a Carboniferous-Permian, (2) a Triassic-Jurassic and (3) a Cretaceous megasequence, each recording extensional periods related to successive rifting phases in the evolving South Atlantic. The tectonic environment of the depositories in north-western Namibia changes successively from the coast towards the continental interior, which is reflected by the facies distribution and the position of time-stratigraphic gaps. Close to the present-day coastline synsedimentary listric faults, trending parallel to the South Atlantic rift (N-S), caused the formation of wedge shaped sediment bodies. Here, the Karoo Supergroup is only represented by the Permian succession in the Huab area. A hiatus within the Permian can be recognised by the correlation with the main Karoo Basin in South Africa and the Brazilian Paran{\´a} Basin. This stratal gap correlates with a pre-Beaufort Group unconformity in the main Karoo Basin that might be related to an orogenic pulse in the Cape Fold Belt. The Permian succession itself is unconformably overlain by the Lower Cretaceous Etendeka Group. This hiatus extending from the Upper Permian to the Lower Cretaceous has probably been induced by a combination of rift shoulder uplift and additional crustal doming associated with Etendeka flood volcanism. The enhanced tectonism during the Early Cretaceous controlled accommodation space for the alluvial-fluvial and aeolian deposits of the lower Etendeka Group. Disconformities within those deposits and the overlying lava succession attribute to distinct phases of tectonic and volcanic activity heralding the South Atlantic breakup. Towards the south-east, the Karoo succession becomes successively more complete. In the vicinity of Mt. Brandberg Early Triassic strata (Middle Omingonde Formation) follow disconformably above the Upper Permian/Lowermost Triassic Doros Formation. The sedimentation there was essentially controlled by the SW-NE trending Damaraland Uplift. South of the Damaraland Uplift the SW-NE trending Waterberg-Omaruru Fault zone is interpreted as a sinistral oblique-slip fault that compartmentalised the South Atlantic rift. This fault controlled accommodation space of the entire Triassic Omingonde Formation and the Early Jurassic Etjo Formation in its associated pull-apart and transtension structures. A locally well developed angular unconformity defines a hiatus between the two formations. Correlation with the main Karoo Basin in South Africa confirms that this gap is of a regional extent and not only a local, fault induced feature. Furthermore, it might also correlate with an orogenic pulse of the Cape Fold Belt. In general, the Mesozoic megasequences record the long-lived history of the southern Atlantic rift evolution. Rifting has been controlled by orogenic pulses derived from the Samfrau active margin throughout the Mesozoic. The associated intracratonic E-W extension caused the formation of grabens and conjugated oblique-slip zones. The generation of voluminous flood basalts marks the climax of intracratonic extension that was accompanied by enhanced uplift of the rift shoulders.},
  subject      = {Namibia <Nordwest>},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Wietek2001,
  author    = {Wietek, Irina},
  title     = {Human Interleukin-4 binding protein epitope involved in high-affinity binding of interleukin-4},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-3190},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2001},
  abstract  = {No abstract available},
  subject      = {Mensch},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Goldau2002,
  author    = {Goldau, Rainer},
  title     = {Clinical evaluation of novel methods to determine dialysis parameters using conductivity cells},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-3125},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {During the last two decades an ongoing discussion about the necessary dose of dialysis brought the result that the urea based Kt/V value is significantly correlated to morbidity of the end stage renal disease (ESRD) patients. Even if it is not completely accepted, it seems to be more and more agreement of the nephrological community that for good dialysis practice Kt/V should be kept above 1.2 to 1.3 in the usual 3X4 hours per week dialysis schedule for patients without own residual clearance to assure long term quality of life, low morbidity and mortality. K is the clearance of urea the dialysis system can apply, t is the treatment time and V is the urea distribution volume of the patient, which is nearly equal to total body water. Kt/V has the unit of a drug dose (ml of drug per ml of patient volume) and therefore sometimes is called dialysis 'dose', even if this is subject of discussion because it implies that the dose can be described with only one urea related number. This work does not participate in this discussion. The premise of this work is more technical: Whatever the final result of the above discussion will be, a patient-friendly, precise cost-neutral and handy technical solution should be given to the hand of the interested nephrologist to continuously supervise the urea based Kt/V that is applied to the patient. Of course this is combined with the hope that the long term mortality can be decreased if a covering online dialysis success control is facilitated. The technical solution that has been chosen is based on the equivalence of the diffusion coefficients of sodium chloride and urea. It is central subject of the investigation if the diffusive behaviour of sodium is equal to that of urea crossing the dialysis filter membrane. The advantage that makes the principle so handy is that sodium can be measured very precise by standard conductivity cells as they are implemented in dialysis machines in large numbers. The only necessary hardware modification is a second conductivity cell downstream the dialyser to be able to measure the mass balance over the filter. This is more complicated with urea that can only be measured undergoing an enzymatic conversion to ammonium ions. The ammonium ions induce a membrane potential, which is measured with very sensitive amplifiers. A cooling chain for the enzyme must be maintained. To find and approve the conductivity based technical solution two in-vivo studies have been conducted. In the first study a conductivity step profile, varying the conductivity in static levels in a baseline - 7 min high - 7min low- baseline shape, was applied that can be utilised to measure the urea clearance very accurate. This principle has been described in 1982 in a patent application. In a sequence of 206 computer recorded dialysis sessions with 22 patients it was found that urea clearance could be electrolytically measured with a mean error+/-standard deviation of -1.46+/-4.75\% , n=494. The measurement of Kt/V according to a single pool model was of similar accuracy: 2.88+/-4.15\% . Although in accordance with other studies these findings at an average confirmed the high correlation of ionic and urea based clearance measurements, an effect was found that was not consistent with the theory that was existent so far. It was found in the first study that the accuracy of the step profile measurements were dependent of the size of the patient, in particular of the urea distribution volume. Moreover it was of relevance which part of the step profile was used: the high-low states, the baseline- low or the baseline-high states. This was a theoretical lack. Careful analysis led to the result that sodium transfer from and into the patient was the reason for the dependence. This led to the enhancement of the theory that seems to correctly describe the nature of the effect. A new demand now was to minimise the sodium transfer. This was limited using static step profiles because in the time it needs to become stable sodium is shifted. In consequence non-stable, dynamic short conductivity boli were developed that allowed to minimise the amount of sodium to be shifted to the limits of the technical resolution of the measurement systems. Also the associated mathematical tools to evaluate the boli had to be suited to the problem. After termination of this process a second study was conducted to approve the new method found. In this study with 10 patients and 93 sessions, 264 step profile measurements and 173 bolus ionic dialysance measurements it was found that the bolus measurements matched their related blood side urea clearance references with the outstanding accuracy of (error+/-SD) 0.06+/-4.76\%. The result was not significantly different (p=0.87) from the reference by student's t-test for paired data. The Kt/V reference according to the single pool variable volume urea kinetic model (sPVVUKM) was found to be matched by the bolus principle with 5.32+/-3.9\% accuracy and a correlation of 0.98. The remaining difference of 5.32\% can be attributed to the neglect of the urea generation rate. Also the step profile was found to be very precise here. The error versus sPVVUKM was 0.05\%+/-5\%, r=0.96. However it did not image the neglect of urea generation correctly. Also a two pool modelling that comprises an internal compartimentation of the fluid pools of the patient was applied to the continuously recorded data. This two pool urea kinetic model (2PUKM) is regarded to be a more precise theoretical approach and now includes the urea generation. It found the bolus principle to deviate -3.04 +/- 14.3\%, n.s., p=0.13. The high standard deviation is due to the complexity of the model. Further from the developed theory a simplified method to roughly measure the sodium distribution volume could be derived. This method was tested in-vitro versus a container with dialysate of known volume and in-vivo versus the urea distribution volume. The in-vitro results were -19.9+/-34\%, r=0.92, n.s, p=0.916. In-vivo they were found to be -7.4+/-23.2\%, r=0.71, n.s., p=0.39. Due to dilution theory the sodium and urea distribution volumes virtually appear to be very similar using this method, although they absolutely differ significantly. Facing the strong simplifications that were made before applying this theory these results seem to be very encouraging that it could be possible to develop a principle to measure not only K but also V electrolytically. This would allow a true Kt/V measurement. The empirical urea distribution volume measurement using anthropometrical formulas has been compared to analytical methods. It has been found that the use Watson's formula with a -13\% correction gives good results. The correction should be applied with great care because it increases Kt/V just on a arithmetical base to the disadvantage of the patient. Also electrolytical plasma sodium measurement was evaluated and can be measured using a mixed analytic-empirical formula with an accuracy of 4.3+/-1.2\%. In summary, conductivity based methods seem to be a convenient method to measure several dialysis parameters of some clinical interest without effort. The results of this work meanwhile are implemented with substantial numbers into commonly available dialysis machines and the experience of the first time shows that the principle is well accepted by the clinicians.},
  subject      = {H{\"a}modialyse},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{DelveneIbarrola2000,
  author    = {Delvene Ibarrola, Graciela},
  title     = {Middle and Upper Jurassic bivalves from the Iberian Range (Spain)},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-3119},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2000},
  abstract  = {Previous work on Jurassic bivalves from the Iberian Range is reviewed, whereby emphasis is placed on Callovian-Kimmeridgian species. The taxonomy, distribution pattern and ecology of the bivalve fauna occurring in Middle and Upper Jurassic rocks of the Aragonian Branch of the Iberian Range have been analysed. For this purpose 14 sections and 5 additional outcrops, selected according to the abundance of bivalves, were measured in detail and sampled. The rocks studied belong to the Chelva, Y{\´a}tova, Sot de Chera and Loriguilla formations of Callovian-Kimmeridgian age. The distribution of species of bivalves is given for each section. More than 3000 specimens of bivalves representing 83 species that belong to 46 genera and subgenera of the subclasses Palaeotaxodonta, Pteriomorphia, Isofilibranchia. Palaeoheterodonta, Heterodonta and Anomaldesmata have been used for the taxonomic analysis. One species is new: Plagiostoma fuersichi from the Callovian of the Chelva Fm. The autecology (trophic group and life habit) of each bivalve has been discussed. 49 samples of four sections habe been selected for a quantitative palaeoecological analysis of the bivalve fraction of the benthic fauna. Five bivalve associations and two assemblages are recognised by a Q-mode hierarchical cluster analysis (Ward method). The main environmental factors controlling bivalve associations are thought to be substrate, water energy and distribution of organic matter. The bivalves exhibit a distinct spatial and temporal distribution pattern within the Aragonian Branch. Four of the bivalve associations occur in the Upper Oxfordian (Sot de Chera Fm) and one association in the Lower Callovian (Chelva Fm). In the Sot de Chera and Loriguilla formations, the abundance of bivalves decreases from NW to SE i.e., from relatively close to the shore line towards the distal-most part of the carbonate platform. In the Chelva Fm. bivalves are abundant in the Ari{\~n}o region, interpreted as a palaeogeographic high. The distribution of bivalves might have been largely controlled by the availability of nutrients.},
  subject      = {Keltiberisches Gebirge},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Moigno2001,
  author    = {Moigno, Damien},
  title     = {Study of the ligand effects on the metal-ligand bond in some new organometallic complexes using FT-Raman and -IR spectroscopy, isotopic substitution and density functional theory techniques},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-3101},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2001},
  abstract  = {The present studies which have been performed in the work-group C-2 (Prof. W. Kiefer) within the program of the Sonderforschungsbereichs 347, deal with the FT-Raman and -IR spectroscopy on new organometallic complexes, synthesized in the work-groups B-2 (Prof. W. Malisch), B-3 (Prof. W. A. Schenk), D-1 (Prof. H. Werner) and D-4 (Prof. D. Stalke). The FT-Raman spectra recorded at 1064 nm led to very useful and interesting information. Furthermore, the DFT calculations which are known to offer promise of obtaining accurate vibrational wavenumbers, were successfully used for the assignment of the vibrational spectra. For the first time it has been possible to ascribe exactly the n(RhC) stretching mode in the vinylidene rhodium(I) complex trans-[RhF(=C=CH2)(PiPr3)2] by using isotopic substitution, in conjunction with theoretical calculations. This is also true for the complexes trans-[RhF(CO)(PiPr3)2], trans-[RhF(C2H4)(PiPr3)2], trans-[RhX(=C=CHPh)(PiPr3)2] (X = F, Cl, Br, I, Me, PhCºC) and trans-[RhX(CN-2,6-xylyl)(PiPr3)2] (X = F, Cl, Br, I, CºCPh). In addition, the comparison between the n(RhC) wavenumbers of the complexes trans-[RhF(=13C=13CH2)(PiPr3)2] and trans-[RhF(CO)(PiPr3)2], containing the isoelectronic ligands 13C=13CH2 and CO, which have the same reduced mass, indicated that the Rh-C bond is stronger in the carbonyl than in the vinylidene complex. Besides, the n(RhF) stretching mode, which has been observed at higher wavenumbers in the FT-Raman and -IR spectra of trans-[RhF(CO)(PiPr3)2], showed that the carbonyl ligand is a better p-acceptor and a less effective s-donor than the vinylidene one. Moreover, the comparison of the n(CºC) and n(Rh-C) modes from the FT-Raman spectrum of the complexes trans-[Rh(CºCPh)(L)(PiPr3)2] (L = C=CHPh, CO, CN-2,6-xylyl) point out that the p-acceptor ability of the ligand trans to CºCPh should rise in the order C=CH2 < CO < CN-2,6-xylyl \pounds C=CHPh. The investigated sensitivity of the n(RhC), n(CC), n(CO) and n(CN) vibrational modes to the electronic modifications occuring in the vinylidene, carbonyl, ethylene and isonitrile complexes, should allow in the future the examination of the p-acceptor or p-donor properties of further ligands. Likewise, we were able to characterize the influence of various X ligands on the RhC bond by using the n(RhC) stretching mode as a probe for the weakening of this. The calculated wavenumbers of the n(RhC) for the vinylidene complexes trans-[RhX(=C=CHR)(PiPr3)2], where R = H or Ph, suggested that the strength of the Rh=C bond increases along the sequence X = CºCPh < CH3 < I < Br < Cl < F. For the series of carbonyl compounds trans-[RhX(CO)(PiPr3)2], where X = F, Cl, Br and I, analogous results have been obtained and confirmed from the model compounds trans-[RhX(CO)(PMe3)2]. Since, the calculated vibrational modes for the ethylene complex trans-[RhF(C2H4)(PiPr3)2] were in good agreement with the experimental results and supported the description of this complex as a metallacyclopropane, we were interested in getting more information upon this class of compounds. In this context, we have recorded the FT-Raman and -IR spectra of the thioaldehyde complexes mer-[W(CO)3(dmpe)(h2-S=CH2)] and mer-[W(CO)3(dmpe)(h2-S=CD2)] which have been synthezised by B-3. The positions of the different WL vibrational modes anticipated by the DFT calculations, were consistent with the experimental results. Indeed, the analysis of the band shifts in the FT-Raman and -IR spectra of the isotopomer mer-[W(CO)3(dmpe)(h2-S=CD2)] confirmed our assignment. The different stereoisomers of complex mer-[W(CO)3(dmpe)(h2-S=CH2)] were investigated too, since RMN and IR-data have shown that complex mer-[W(CO)3(dmpe)(h2-S=CH2)] lead in solution to an equilibrium. Since the information on the vibrational spectra of the molybdenum and tungsten complexes Cp(CO)2M-PR2-X (M = Mo, W; R = Me, tBu, Ph; X = S, Se) is very scarce, we extended our research work to this class of compounds. We have tried to elucidate the bonding properties in these chalcogenoheterocycle complexes by taking advantage of the mass effect on the different metal atoms (W vs. Mo). Thus, the observed band shifts allowed to assign most of the ML fundamental modes of these complexes. This project and the following one were a cooperation within the work-group B-2. The Raman and IR spectra of the matrix isolated photoproducts expected by the UV irradiation of the iron silyl complex Cp(CO)2FeSiH2CH3 have been already reported by Claudia Fickert and Volker Nagel in their PhD-thesis. Since no exact assignment was feasible for these spectra, we were interested in the study of the reaction products created by irradiation of the carbonyl iron silyl complex Cp(CO)2FeCH2SiH3. Although the calculated characteristic vibrational modes of the metal ligand unit for the various photoproducts are significantly different in constitution, they are very similar in wavenumbers, which did not simplify their identification. However, the theoretical results have been found to be consistent with the earlier experimental results. Finally, the last part of this thesis has been devoted to the (2-Py)2E- anions which exhibit a high selectivity toward metal-coordination. All di(2-pyridyl) amides and -phosphides which were synthesized by D-4, coordinate the R2Al+ fragment via both ring nitrogen atoms. This already suggests that the charge density in the anions is coupled into the rings and accumulated at the ring nitrogen atoms, but the Lewis basicity of the central nitrogen atom in Et2Al(2-Py)2N is still high enough to coordinate a second equivalent AlEt3 to form the Lewis acid base adduct Et2Al(2-Py)2NAlEt3. Due to the higher electronegativity of the central nitrogen atom in Me2Al(2-Py)2N, Et2Al(2-Py)2N and Et2Al(2-Py)2NAlEt3, compared to the bridging two coordinated phosphorus atom in Me2Al(2-Py)2P and Et2Al(2-Py)2P, the di(2-pyridyl)amide is the hardest Lewis base. In the phosphides merely all charge density couples into the rings leaving the central phosphorus atom only attractive for soft metals. These results were confirmed by using DFT and MP2 calculations. Moreover, a similar behaviour has been observed and described for the benzothiazolyl complex [Me2Al{Py(Bth)P}], where complementary investigations are to be continued. The DFT calculations carried out on the model compounds analysed in these studies supply very accurate wavenumbers and molecular geometries, these being in excellent agreement with the experimental results obtained from the corresponding isolated complexes.},
  subject      = {{\"U}bergangsmetallkomplexe},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Siefritz2002,
  author    = {Siefritz, Franka},
  title     = {Expression and Function of the Nicotiana tabacum Aquaporin NtAQP1},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-3053},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2002},
  abstract  = {Die vorliegende Arbeit zeigt die Korrelation zwischen r{\"a}umlichem und zeitlichem Expressionsmuster von dem Aquaporin NtAQP1 und seiner Funktion im Wasserhaushalt in planta. Immunologische in situ-Studien deuteten auf eine NtAQP1-Protein-Akkumulation in der Wurzelexodermis und -endodermis, im Cortex, in der N{\"a}he der Leitb{\"u}ndel, im Xylemparenchym und in Zellen der Atemh{\"o}hle hin. Das Aquaporin wurde auch in longitudinalen Zellreihen der Petiolen in erh{\"o}hten Mengen gefunden. Expressionsstudien mit transgenen Pflanzen (Ntaqp1-Promotor::gus oder ::luc) best{\"a}tigten die NtAQP1-Akkumulation in der Wurzel, dem Spross und den Petiolen, lokalisierten dessen Expression aber auch in Pollen, Adventivwurzel und Blatthaaren. Die Ntaqp1-Expression wurde w{\"a}hrend Wachstumsprozessen wie Sprossorientierung nach Gravistimulation oder Photostimulation, Samenkeimung, aber auch w{\"a}hrend der vergleichsweise schnellen circadianen Blattbewegung induziert. Die Expression wurde weiterhin durch Phytohormone, im Speziellen durch Gibberellins{\"a}ure (GA) und osmotischen Stress stimuliert. Weitere Analysen hoben eine diurnale und sogar circadiane Expression von Ntaqp1 in Wurzeln und Petiolen hervor. Die funktionelle Analyse des Aquaporins wurde mittels reverser Genetik und biophysikalischen Studien durchgef{\"u}hrt. Die Antisense-Technik wurde benutzt, um die NtAQP1-Expression in Tabakpflanzen zu reduzieren. Die Antisense (AS)-Pflanzen zeigten eine starke Verringerung der Ntaqp1-mRNA, eine weniger ausgepr{\"a}gte Verminderung der hoch homologen NtPIP1a-mRNA und keinen Effekt auf die Expression anderer Aquaporin-Genfamilien (PIP2, TIP). Die Funktion von NtAQP1 auf zellul{\"a}rer Ebene wurde mit einer hierf{\"u}r neuentwickelten Apparatur untersucht. Der experimentelle Aufbau erm{\"o}glichte die Aufzeichnung der osmotisch induzierten Protoplasten-Volumenzunahme. Die Reduktion von NtAQP1 durch die Antisense-Expression verminderte die zellul{\"a}re Wasserpermeabilit{\"a}t um mehr als 50 \%. Die Funktion von NtAQP1 in der Gesamtpflanze wurde z.B. durch die "High-pressure flow meter" Methode bestimmt. Diese Messungen ergaben eine Reduktion der hydraulischen Wurzelleitf{\"a}higkeit pro Wurzeloberfl{\"a}cheneinheit (KRA) der Wurzeln der AS-Linien um mehr als 50 \%. Die KRA wies eine starke diurnale und circadiane Schwankung auf, mit einem Maximum in der Mitte der Lichtperiode, {\"a}hnlich dem Verlauf des Expressionsmusters von Ntaqp1 in Wurzeln. Unter gut gew{\"a}sserten Bedingungen ergaben Gaswechsel-, Spross- (Ystem) und Blatt- Wasserpotenial (Yleaf)-Messungen unterschiedliche Werte in AS- und Kontrollpflanzen. In wasserlimitierender Umgebung zeigten AS-Pflanzen jedoch ein st{\"a}rker negativeres Y als Kontrollpflanzen, obwohl eine weitere Abnahme der Transpiration in AS-Pflanzen beobachtet werden konnte. Quantitative Analysen belegten eine st{\"a}rker ausgepr{\"a}gte Welkreaktion in den AS- als in den Kontrollpflanzen. Quantitative Studien der Blattbewegung von AS- verglichen mit Kontrollpflanzen hoben eine drastische Reduktion in Geschwindigkeit und Ausmaß der Reaktion hervor. Folgende Schlussfolgerungen konnten gezogen werden. NtAQP1 wurde an Orten mit erwartet hohem Wasserfluss von und zum Apoplasten oder Symplasten exprimiert. Außerdem deuteten das spezifische Verteilungsmuster und die zeitliche Expression von NtAQP1 in Petiolen und dem sich biegenden Spross auf eine Beteiligung in der transzellul{\"a}ren Wasserbewegung hin. Die Reduktion von NtAQP1 durch die Antisense-Expression verringerte die zellul{\"a}re Pos. Die NtAQP1-Funktion erh{\"o}ht also eindeutig die Membranwasserpermeabilit{\"a}t von Tabak-Wurzelprotoplasten. Die Abnahme der spezifischen hydraulischen Wurzelleitf{\"a}higkeit (KRA) befand sich in der gleichen Gr{\"o}ßenordnung wie die Verringerung der mittleren zellul{\"a}ren Wasserpermeabilit{\"a}t. Dies weist darauf hin, dass die Aquaporin-Expression essentiell f{\"u}r die Aufrechterhaltung der nat{\"u}rlichen Wurzelleitf{\"a}higkeit ist. Die Verringerung von KRA in AS -Pflanzen k{\"o}nnte der erste sichere Beweis daf{\"u}r sein, dass der Weg der Wasseraufnahme von der Wurzeloberfl{\"a}che in das Xylem den {\"U}bergang {\"u}ber Membranen einschließt. Die Reduktion von NtAQP1 resultierte in einem Wasserstresssignal, das ein Schließen der Stomata zur Folge hatte. NtAQP1 scheint an der Vermeidung von Wasserstress in Tabak beteiligt zu sein. NtAQP1 spielt eine essentielle Rolle bei schnellen Pflanzenbewegungen und der transzellul{\"a}ren Wasserverschiebung.},
  subject      = {Tabak},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Wirth2001,
  author    = {Wirth, Hans-Christoph},
  title     = {Multicriteria Approximation of Network Design and Network Upgrade Problems},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-2845},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2001},
  abstract  = {Network planning has come to great importance during the past decades. Today's telecommunication, traffic systems, and logistics would not have been evolved to the current state without careful analysis of the underlying network problems and precise implementation of the results obtained from those examinations. Graphs with node and arc attributes are a very useful tool to model realistic applications, while on the other hand they are well understood in theory. We investigate network design problems which are motivated particularly from applications in communication networks and logistics. Those problems include the search for homogeneous subgraphs in edge labeled graphs where either the total number of labels or the reload cost are subject to optimize. Further, we investigate some variants of the dial a ride problem. On the other hand, we use node and edge upgrade models to deal with the fact that in many cases one prefers to change existing networks rather than implementing a newly computed solution from scratch. We investigate the construction of bottleneck constrained forests under a node upgrade model, as well as several flow cost problems under a edge based upgrade model. All problems are examined within a framework of multi-criteria optimization. Many of the problems can be shown to be NP-hard, with the consequence that, under the widely accepted assumption that P is not equal to NP, there cannot exist efficient algorithms for solving the problems. This motivates the development of approximation algorithms which compute near-optimal solutions with provable performance guarantee in polynomial time.},
  subject      = {Netzplantechnik},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Schmitz2000,
  author    = {Schmitz, Heinz},
  title     = {The Forbidden Pattern Approach to Concatenation Hierarchies},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-2832},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2000},
  abstract  = {The thesis looks at the question asking for the computability of the dot-depth of star-free regular languages. Here one has to determine for a given star-free regular language the minimal number of alternations between concatenation on one hand, and intersection, union, complement on the other hand. This question was first raised in 1971 (Brzozowski/Cohen) and besides the extended star-heights problem usually refered to as one of the most difficult open questions on regular languages. The dot-depth problem can be captured formally by hierarchies of classes of star-free regular languages B(0), B(1/2), B(1), B(3/2),... and L(0), L(1/2), L(1), L(3/2),.... which are defined via alternating the closure under concatenation and Boolean operations, beginning with single alphabet letters. Now the question of dot-depth is the question whether these hierarchy classes have decidable membership problems. The thesis makes progress on this question using the so-called forbidden pattern approach: Classes of regular languages are characterized in terms of patterns in finite automata (subgraphs in the transition graph) that are not allowed. Such a characterization immediately implies the decidability of the respective class, since the absence of a certain pattern in a given automaton can be effectively verified. Before this work, the decidability of B(0), B(1/2), B(1) and L(0), L(1/2), L(1), L(3/2) were known. Here a detailed study of these classes with help of forbidden patterns is given which leads to new insights into their inner structure. Furthermore, the decidability of B(3/2) is proven. Based on these results a theory of pattern iteration is developed which leads to the introduction of two new hierarchies of star-free regular languages. These hierarchies are decidable on one hand, on the other hand they are in close connection to the classes B(n) and L(n). It remains an open question here whether they may in fact coincide. Some evidence is given in favour of this conjecture which opens a new way to attack the dot-depth problem. Moreover, it is shown that the class L(5/2) is decidable in the restricted case of a two-letter alphabet.},
  subject      = {Sternfreie Sprache},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Nahler2001,
  author    = {Nahler, Michael},
  title     = {Isomorphism classes of almost completely decomposable groups},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-2817},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2001},
  abstract  = {In this thesis we investigate near-isomorphism classes and isomorphism classes of almost completely decomposable groups. In Chapter 2 we introduce the concept of almost completely decomposable groups and sum up their most important facts. A local group is an almost completely decomposable group with a primary regulator quotient. A uniform group is a rigid local group with a homocyclic regulator quotient. In Chapter 3 a weakening of isomorphism, called type-isomorphism, appears. It is shown that type-isomorphism agrees with Lady's near-isomorphism. By the Main Decomposition Theorem and the Primary Reduction Theorem we are allowed to restrict ourselves on clipped local groups, namely groups without a direct rank-one summand. In Chapter 4 we collect facts of matrices over commutative rings with an identity element. Matrices over the local ring (Z / p^e Z) of residue classes of the rational integers modulo a prime power play an important role. In Chapter 5 we introduce representing matrices of finite essential extensions. Here a normal form for local groups is found by the Gauß algorithm. Uniform groups have representing matrices in Hermite normal form. The classification problems for almost completely decomposable groups up to isomorphism and up to near-isomorphism can be rephrased as equivalence problems for the representing matrices. In Chapter 6 we derive a criterion for the representing matrices of local groups in Gauß normal form. In Chapter 7 we formulate the matrix criterion for uniform groups. Two representing matrices in Hermite normal form describe isomorphic groups if and only if the rest blocks of the representing matrices are T-diagonally equivalent. Starting from a fixed near-isomorphism class in Chapter 8 we investigate isomorphism classes of uniform groups. We count groups and isomorphism classes. In Chapter 9 we specialize on uniform groups of rank 2r with a regulator quotient of rank r such that the rest block of the representing matrix is invertible and normed.},
  subject      = {Fast vollst{\"a}ndig zerlegbare Gruppe},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Kosub2001,
  author    = {Kosub, Sven},
  title     = {Complexity and Partitions},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-2808},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2001},
  abstract  = {Computational complexity theory usually investigates the complexity of sets, i.e., the complexity of partitions into two parts. But often it is more appropriate to represent natural problems by partitions into more than two parts. A particularly interesting class of such problems consists of classification problems for relations. For instance, a binary relation R typically defines a partitioning of the set of all pairs (x,y) into four parts, classifiable according to the cases where R(x,y) and R(y,x) hold, only R(x,y) or only R(y,x) holds or even neither R(x,y) nor R(y,x) is true. By means of concrete classification problems such as Graph Embedding or Entailment (for propositional logic), this thesis systematically develops tools, in shape of the boolean hierarchy of NP-partitions and its refinements, for the qualitative analysis of the complexity of partitions generated by NP-relations. The Boolean hierarchy of NP-partitions is introduced as a generalization of the well-known and well-studied Boolean hierarchy (of sets) over NP. Whereas the latter hierarchy has a very simple structure, the situation is much more complicated for the case of partitions into at least three parts. To get an idea of this hierarchy, alternative descriptions of the partition classes are given in terms of finite, labeled lattices. Based on these characterizations the Embedding Conjecture is established providing the complete information on the structure of the hierarchy. This conjecture is supported by several results. A natural extension of the Boolean hierarchy of NP-partitions emerges from the lattice-characterization of its classes by considering partition classes generated by finite, labeled posets. It turns out that all significant ideas translate from the case of lattices. The induced refined Boolean hierarchy of NP-partitions enables us more accuratly capturing the complexity of certain relations (such as Graph Embedding) and a description of projectively closed partition classes.},
  subject      = {Partition <Mengenlehre>},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Glasser2001,
  author    = {Glaßer, Christian},
  title     = {Forbidden-Patterns and Word Extensions for Concatenation Hierarchies},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-1179153},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2001},
  abstract  = {Starfree regular languages can be build up from alphabet letters by using only Boolean operations and concatenation. The complexity of these languages can be measured with the so-called dot-depth. This measure leads to concatenation hierarchies like the dot-depth hierarchy (DDH) and the closely related Straubing-Th{\´e}rien hierarchy (STH). The question whether the single levels of these hierarchies are decidable is still open and is known as the dot-depth problem. In this thesis we prove/reprove the decidability of some lower levels of both hierarchies. More precisely, we characterize these levels in terms of patterns in finite automata (subgraphs in the transition graph) that are not allowed. Therefore, such characterizations are called forbidden-pattern characterizations. The main results of the thesis are as follows: forbidden-pattern characterization for level 3/2 of the DDH (this implies the decidability of this level) decidability of the Boolean hierarchy over level 1/2 of the DDH definition of decidable hierarchies having close relations to the DDH and STH Moreover, we prove/reprove the decidability of the levels 1/2 and 3/2 of both hierarchies in terms of forbidden-pattern characterizations. We show the decidability of the Boolean hierarchies over level 1/2 of the DDH and over level 1/2 of the STH. A technique which uses word extensions plays the central role in the proofs of these results. With this technique it is possible to treat the levels 1/2 and 3/2 of both hierarchies in a uniform way. Furthermore, it can be used to prove the decidability of the mentioned Boolean hierarchies. Among other things we provide a combinatorial tool that allows to partition words of arbitrary length into factors of bounded length such that every second factor u leads to a loop with label u in a given finite automaton.},
  subject      = {Automatentheorie},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Dittmann2001,
  author    = {Dittmann, Ulrich},
  title     = {Coset Types and Tight Subgroups of Almost Completely Decomposable Groups},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-2762},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2001},
  abstract  = {A completely decomposable group is a direct sum of subgroups of the rationals. An almost completely decomposable group is a torsion free abelian group that contains a completely decomposable group as subgroup of finite index. Tight subgroups are maximal subgroups (with respect to set inclusion) among the completely decomposable subgroups of an almost completely decomposable group. In this dissertation we show an extended version of the theorem of Bezout, give a new criterion for the tightness of a completely decomposable subgroup, derive some conditions under which a tight subgroup is regulating and generalize a theorem of Campagna. We give an example of an almost completely decomposable group, all of whose regulating subgroups do not have a quotient with minimal exponent. We show that among the types of elements of a coset modulo a completely decomposable group there exists a unique maximal type and define this type to be -the- coset type. We give criteria for tightness and regulating in term of coset types as well as a representation of the type subgroups using coset types. We introduce the notion of reducible cosets and show their key role for transitions from one completely decomposable subgroup up to another one containing the first one as a proper subgroup. We give an example of a tight, but not regulating subgroup which contains the regulator. We develop the notion of a fully single covered subset of a lattice, show that V-free implies fully single covered, but not necessarily vice versa, and we define an equivalence relation on the set of all finite subsets of a given lattice. We develop some extension of ordinary Hasse diagrams, and apply the lattice theoretic results on the lattice of types and almost completely decomposable groups.},
  subject      = {Torsionsfreie Abelsche Gruppe},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Walfort2001,
  author    = {Walfort, Bernhard},
  title     = {Novel dianionic sulfur ylides and related compounds},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-1181274},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2001},
  abstract  = {Priority task of the thesis was to replace oxygen atoms in sulfur oxoanions SOnm- or imido groups in sulfur polyimido anions S(NR)nm- isoelectronically by R2C-methylene groups. This would open a wide avenue to new target molecules containing a formally double bonded carbon next to formally double bonded nitrogen atoms in highly charged sulfur-centred anions like S(CR2)x(NR)ym-. They clearly are reminiscent to sulfur ylides. Both, alkylendiimidosulfites and alkylentriimidosulfates are accessible via deprotonaton of the corresponding alkyldiimidosulfinates and alkyltriimidosulfonates with methyllithium. The reactivity of the novel compounds is dominated by the carbanionic centre. Addition reactions to another SN formal doubble bond are feasible and are leading to the yet unknown imidoanalogues compounds alkyl-bis-(diimidosulfinates) and alkyl-bis-(triimidosulfonates).},
  subject      = {Schwefelylide},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Wong2001,
  author    = {Wong, Amanda},
  title     = {Implications of Advanced Glycation Endproducts in Oxidative Stress and Neurodegenerative Disorders},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-2537},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2001},
  abstract  = {The reactions of reducing sugars with primary amino groups are the most common nonenzymatic modifications of proteins. Subsequent rearrangements, oxidations, and dehydrations yield a heterogeneous group of mostly colored and fluorescent compounds, termed "Maillard products" or advanced glycation end products (AGEs). AGE formation has been observed on long-lived proteins such as collagen, eye lens crystalline, and in pathological protein deposits in Alzheimer's (AD) and Parkinson's disease (PD) and dialysis-related amyloidosis. AGE-modified proteins are also involved in the complications of diabetes. AGEs accumulate in the the ß-amyloid plaques and neurofibrillary tangles (NFT) associated with AD and in the Lewy bodies characteristic of PD. Increasing evidence supports a role for oxidative stress in neurodegenerative disorders such as AD and PD. AGEs have been shown to contribute towards oxidative damage and chronic inflammation, whereby activated microglia secrete cytokines and free radicals, including nitric oxide (NO). Roles proposed for NO in the pathophysiology of the central nervous system are increasingly diverse and range from intercellular signaling, through necrosis of cells and invading pathogens, to the involvement of NO in apoptosis. Using in vitro experiments, it was shown that AGE-modified bovine serum albumin (BSA-AGE) and AGE-modified ß-amyloid, but not their unmodified proteins, induce NO production in N-11 murine microglia cells. This was mediated by the receptor for AGEs (RAGE) and upregulation of the inducible nitric oxide synthase (iNOS). AGE-induced enzyme activation and NO production could be blocked by intracellular-acting antioxidants: Ginkgo biloba special extract EGb 761, the estrogen derivative, 17ß-estradiol, R-(+)-thioctic acid, and a nitrone-based free radical trap, N-tert.-butyl-*-phenylnitrone (PBN). Methylglyoxal (MG) and 3-deoxyglucosone (3-DG), common precursors in the Maillard reaction, were also tested for their ability to induce the production of NO in N-11 microglia. However, no significant changes in nitrite levels were detected in the cell culture medium. The significance of these findings was supported by in vivo immunostaining of AD brains. Single and double immunostaining of cryostat sections of normal aged and AD brains was performed with polyclonal antibodies to AGEs and iNOS and monoclonal antibodies to Aß and PHF-1 (marker for NFT) and reactive microglia. In aged normal individuals as well as early stage AD brains (i.e. no pathological findings in isocortical areas), a few astrocytes showed co-localisation of AGE and iNOS in the upper neuronal layers of the temporal (Area 22) and entorhinal (Area 28, 34) cortices compared with no astrocytes detected in young controls. In late AD brains, there was a much denser accumulation of astrocytes co-localised with AGE and iNOS in the deeper and particularly upper neuronal layers. Also, numerous neurons with diffuse AGE but not iNOS reactivity and some AGE and iNOS-positive microglia were demonstrated, compared with only a few AGE-reactive neurons and no microglia in controls. Finally, astrocytes co-localised with AGE and iNOS as well as AGE and ß-amyloid were found surrounding mature but not diffuse ß-amyloid plaques in the AD brain. Parts of NFT were AGE-immunoreactive. Immunohistochemical staining of cryostat sections of normal aged and PD brains was performed with polyclonal antibodies to AGEs. The sections were counterstained with monoclonal antibodies to neurofilament components and a-synuclein. AGEs and a-synuclein were colocalized in very early Lewy bodies in the substantia nigra of cases with incidental Lewy body disease. These results support an AGE-induced oxidative damage due to the action of free radicals, such as NO, occurring in the AD and PD brains. Furthermore, the involvement of astrocytes and microglia in this pathological process was confirmed immunohistochemically in the AD brain. It is suggested that oxidative stress and AGEs participate in the very early steps of Lewy body formation and resulting cell death in PD. Since the iNOS gene can be regulated by redox-sensitive transcription factors, the use of membrane permeable antioxidants could be a promising strategy for the treatment and prevention of chronic inflammation in neurodegenerative disorders.},
  subject      = {Maillard-Reaktion},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Klock2001,
  author    = {Klock, Heike},
  title     = {Hydrogeology of the Kalahari in north-eastern Namibia},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-1181287},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2001},
  abstract  = {This study has focused on hydrogeological and hydrochemical settings of the Northern Namibian Kalahari Catchment which is the Namibian part of the Makgadikgadi-Kalahari-Catchment. Recharge has been the subject of process-understanding, quantification and regionalisation. Within the semiarid study area a bimodal surface constitution is prominent: hardrocks areas allow for fast infiltration along karsts and joints, whereas areas covered by unconsolidated sediments receive minor diffuse recharge and locally some preferred flow path recharge develops along shrinkage cracks and rootlets. Five substratum classes have been soil physically studied: Pans and vleis, brown to red soils, dune sand, soil with an aeolian influence, and calcrete. Aeolian sands are most promising for the development of direct diffuse recharge. Recharge by preferred flow might occur in all soil classes either due to joints in calcrete or structures and rootlets in soils. All soil classes contribute to indirect recharge because even the dune sand allows, albeit very locally, the generation of runoff. The occurrences of recharge through the unconsolidated soil and the hardrocks have been confirmed by hydrograph interpretation and by a study of hydrochemical data which identified groundwater of flood water and flood water after soil passage composition. Other prominent hydrochemical processes in the Kalahari are associated with the carbonate-equilibrium-system, mixing with highly mineralised water that is either sulphate (central area) or chloride dominated (fringe area) and development of sodium hydrogencarbonate water types. The latter is mostly generated by feldspar weathering. Variations of the hydrochemical compositions were observed for shallow groundwaters. They do not only reflect the recharge amount but also the recharge conditions, e.g. a wetter year is allowing more vegetation which increases the hydrogencarbonate content. Inverse determination of recharge by the chloride mass balance method gives recharge amounts between 0.2 and locally more than 100 mm/a. The least favoured recharge conditions are found for Kalahari covered areas, the largest amount occurs in the Otavi area. The distribution of recharge areas within the catchment is rather complex and regionalisation of recharge for the entire catchment was done by a forward approach using satellite images and by an inverse approach using hydrochemical data. From the inverse hydrochemical approach a basin-wide balanced recharge amount of 1.39 mm/a is achieved. The forward approach gave a basin-wide figure of 0.88 (minimum assumption) to 4.53 mm/a (maximum assumption). A simplistic groundwater flow model confirmed the results from the minimum recharge regionalisation by satellite images and the result from the hydrochemical approach. Altogether a mutually verified basin-wide recharge figure of ca. 1 mm/a turns out.},
  subject      = {Kalahari},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Weidenmueller2001,
  author    = {Weidenm{\"u}ller, Anja},
  title     = {From individual behavior to collective structure},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-2448},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2001},
  abstract  = {The social organization of insect colonies has long fascinated naturalists. One of the main features of colony organization is division of labor, whereby each member of the colony specializes in a subset of all tasks required for successful group functioning. The most striking aspect of division of labor is its plasticity: workers switch between tasks in response to external challenges and internal perturbations. The mechanisms underlying flexible division of labor are far from being understood. In order to comprehend how the behavior of individuals gives rise to flexible collective behavior, several questions need to be addressed: We need to know how individuals acquire information about their colony's current demand situation; how they then adjust their behavior according; and which mechanisms integrate dozens or thousands of insect into a higher-order unit. With these questions in mind I have examined two examples of collective and flexible behavior in social bees. First, I addressed the question how a honey bee colony controls its pollen collection. Pollen foraging in honey bees is precisely organized and carefully regulated according to the colony's needs. How this is achieved is unclear. I investigated how foragers acquire information about their colony's pollen need and how they then adjust their behavior. A detailed documentation of pollen foragers in the hive under different pollen need conditions revealed that individual foragers modulate their in-hive working tempo according to the actual pollen need of the colony: Pollen foragers slowed down and stayed in the hive longer when pollen need was low and spent less time in the hive between foraging trips when pollen need of their colony was high. The number of cells inspected before foragers unloaded their pollen load did not change and thus presumably did not serve as cue to pollen need. In contrast, the trophallactic experience of pollen foragers changed with pollen need conditions: trophallactic contacts were shorter when pollen need was high and the number and probability of having short trophallactic contacts increased when pollen need increased. Thus, my results have provided support for the hypothesis that trophallactic experience is one of the various information pathways used by pollen foragers to assess their colony's pollen need. The second example of collective behavior I have examined in this thesis is the control of nest climate in bumble bee colonies, a system differing from pollen collection in honey bees in that information about task need (nest climate parameters) is directly available to all workers. I have shown that an increase in CO2 concentration and temperature level elicits a fanning response whereas an increase in relative humidity does not. The fanning response to temperature and CO2 was graded; the number of fanning bees increased with stimulus intensity. Thus, my study has evidenced flexible colony level control of temperature and CO2. Further, I have shown that the proportion of total work force a colony invests into nest ventilation does not change with colony size. However, the dynamic of the colony response changes: larger colonies show a faster response to perturbations of their colony environment than smaller colonies. Thus, my study has revealed a size-dependent change in the flexible colony behavior underlying homeostasis. I have shown that the colony response to perturbations in nest climate is constituted by workers who differ in responsiveness. Following a brief review of current ideas and models of self-organization and response thresholds in insect colonies, I have presented the first detailed investigation of interindividual variability in the responsiveness of all workers involved in a collective behavior. My study has revealed that bumble bee workers evidence consistent responses to certain stimulus levels and differ in their response thresholds. Some consistently respond to low stimulus intensities, others consistently respond to high stimulus intensities. Workers are stimulus specialists rather than task specialists. Further, I have demonstrated that workers of a colony differ in two other parameters of responsiveness: response probability and fanning activity. Response threshold, response probability and fanning activity are independent parameters of individual behavior. Besides demonstrating and quantifying interindividual variability, my study has provided empirical support for the idea of specialization through reinforcement. Response thresholds of fanning bees decreased over successive trials. I have discussed the importance of interindividual variability for specialization and the collective control of nest climate and present a general discussion of self-organization and selection. This study contributes to our understanding of individual behavior and collective structure in social insects. A fascinating picture of social organization is beginning to emerge. In place of centralized systems of communication and information transmission, insect societies frequently employ mechanisms based upon self-organization. Self-organization promises to be an important and unifying principle in physical, chemical and biological systems.},
  subject      = {Hummeln},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Gehring2001,
  author    = {Gehring, Iris},
  title     = {Volcanostratigraphy using geophysical methods on La Fossa di Vulcano (S-Italy)},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-1181941},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2001},
  abstract  = {For many active volcanoes all over the world a civil protection program, normally combined with hazard maps, exists. Optimising of hazard maps and the associated hazard assessment implies a detailed knowledge of the volcanostratigraphy, because the deposits provoke information on the potential behaviour during a new activity cycle. Pyroclastic deposits, however, may vary widely in thickness and distribution over very short lateral distances. High resolution characterisation of single strata often cannot be archived, if solely sedimentological and geochemical methods are used. Gamma-ray measurements taken in the field combined with grain-size depended magnetic susceptibility measurements made in the laboratory are used in this work to optimise the resolution of volcanostratigraphic investigations. The island of Vulcano is part of the Aeolian Archipelago sited of the northern coast of Sicily. La Fossa cone is the active centre of Vulcano, where fumarolic and seismic activity can be observed. The cone was built up during the last 6,000 years, whereby the last eruption period is dated to historic times (1888-1890). For the tuff cone La Fossa the most likely volcanic hazards are the emplacement of pyroclastic deposits as well as gas hazards (especially SOx and CO2), due to this the detailed knowledge of the stratigraphy is mandatory. Most of the population resides in Vulcano Porto and the nearby sited peninsula of Vulcanello, which are highly endangered locations for a future eruption scenario. Measurements, made in standard outcrops, allow a characterisation of the successions Punte Nere, Tufi Varicolori, Palizzi, Commenda, and Cratere Attuale. A discrimination of all successions by solely one of the methods is rarely possible. In some cases, however, the combination of the methods leads to clear results. It can also be noticed that the exposition as well as the sedimentation type (wet-surge or dry-surge deposits) affect the measurements. In general it can be assumed that the higher the magma is evolved the higher the g -ray values and the lower the susceptibility values. Measurements from the Wingertsberg (Laacher See deposits, Eifel, W-Germany) show clearly that a higher degree of magma evolution correlates with lower susceptibility and higher gamma-ray values. Variations of the values can be observed not only by the change of the degree of magmatic evolution but also by the inhomogeneous deposition conditions. Particularly the gamma-ray measurements show lower values for the wet-surge deposits than for the dry-surge deposits, even though the erupted material has the same geochemical composition. This can be explained especially by reactions inside of the moist eruption cloud and short-time after deposition, when easily soluble elements like K, U, and Th can be leached by these aggressive fluids. Even extended exposition and high water content can provoke depletion of various elements within the complete or parts of the outcrop, too. If the deposits are affected by a fumarolic activity especially the susceptibility values show significant variations, whereas in general extreme low values are observed. Contamination of deposits also can occur, if they are overlain by weathered deposits of higher concentration of K, U, and Th. Weathering and mobilisation within the upper deposits can generate an element enrichment within the lower deposits. In general the element ratios of the barried underlying deposits are less affected than the exposed ones. After gauging the values of the well defined succession for standard outcrops undefined outcrops were measured. These outcrops are not clearly classified by sedimentological and geochemical methods, thus a correlation with the combined geophysical methods is useful. In general the combination of the methods allows a correlation, although in some cases more than one interpretation is possible. But in connection with time marker horizons as well as sedimentological features an interpretation is feasible. These situations show that a classification solely based on geophysical methods is possible for many cases but, if the volcanic system is more complex, a combination with sedimentological and geochemical methods may be needed. The investigations on Vulcano, documented in this work, recommend a re-interpretation of the dispersial of some successions of La Fossa cone, especially the presumption that Tufi Varicolori only exist inside of the Caldera of La Fossa. As a consequence the eruption and energy model especially for Tufi Varicolori have to be reviewed.},
  subject      = {Vulcano},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{AlFarajat2001,
  author    = {Al-Farajat, Mohammad},
  title     = {Hydrogeo-Eco-Systems in Aquaba/Jordan - Coasts and Region},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-1182066},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2001},
  abstract  = {The coast of Aqaba and the Aqaba region (Jordan) were investigated on their hydrogeo-ecosystem. The results of the research were translated into digits to build a geo-spatial data base. The fillings of the graben aquifer receive indirect type of recharge through the side wadis which drain the highlands. Surface water balance was modeled for a period of 20 years of daily climate records using MODBIL program which attributes direct recharge to wet years only. The hydrodynamic fresh water/seawater interface in the coastal zones was investigated by applying vertical geoelectric surveys and models of several methods to confirm its coincidence with the aquifer's flow amounts, where human impacts in terms of over-pumping allowed more encroachment of seawater into land, and unintended recharge which led to seaward interface migration. A groundwater balance and solute transport were approached by developing a flow model from the hydrogeological and hydrochemical data. The nature of soil cover and aquifer whose physical properties enhance human impacts indicated the vulnerability of groundwater to pollution. This certainly threatens the marine ecology which forms the sink where the in-excess flow ends. The constructed digital background was exported into GIS to sub-zone the study area in terms of the aquifer's vulnerability to pollution risks using DRASTIC index. However, it was unable to meet all geo-spatial factors that proved to have significant impacts on the vulnerability. Consequently, a comprehensive index -SALUFT- was developed. This suggests the suitable land use units for each zone in the light of vulnerability grades aiming at protecting the available groundwater resources.},
  subject      = {Golf von Akaba},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Stuntz2001,
  author    = {Stuntz, Sabine},
  title     = {The influence of epiphytes on arthropods in the tropical forest canopy},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-1179126},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2001},
  abstract  = {The understanding of the mechanisms underlying the establishment and maintenance of the extraordinary biodiversity in tropical forests is a major challenge for modern biology. In this context, epiphytes are presumed to play an important role. To investigate the biological reality of this persistent yet insufficiently investigated notion, I conducted the present study. The main questions I intended to clarify were: (1) do epiphytes affect arthropod abundance and diversity in tropical tree crowns? and (2) what might be the driving forces behind this potential influence? I studied the arthropod fauna of 25 tree crowns bearing different epiphyte assemblages, and the resident fauna of 90 individual epiphytes. I also quantified the mitigating influence of epiphytes on the microclimate in tree crowns. In total, more than 277,000 arthropods were collected and about 700 morphospecies determined. Epiphytes had a significant moderating influence on canopy microclimate (Chapter 3), both at various microsites within a tree crown and among tree crowns with different epiphyte growth. On hot dry season days, they provided microsites with lower temperatures and reduced evaporative water loss compared to epiphyte-free spaces within the same tree crown. Quantitative sampling of the arthropods inhabiting three different epiphyte species provided compelling evidence for the specificity of epiphyte-associated faunas (Chapter 4). Epiphytes proved to be microhabitats for a diverse and numerous arthropod fauna, and different epiphyte species fostered both taxonomically and ecologically very distinct arthropod assemblages: among epiphyte hosts, the inhabitant faunas showed remarkably little species overlap, and guild composition differed strongly. In the subsequent chapters I investigated if this pronounced effect scaled up to the level of entire tree crowns. Arthropods were captured with three different trap types to obtain an ample spectrum of the canopy fauna (Chapter 2). Four tree categories were classified, three of which were dominated by a different species of epiphyte, and an epiphyte-free control group. On a higher taxonomic level, there were no detectable effects of epiphytes on the fauna: the ordinal composition was similar among tree categories and indifferent of the amount of epiphytes in a tree crown (Chapter 5). I examined three focal groups (ants, beetles and spiders) on species level. The diversity and abundance of ants was not influenced by the epiphyte load of the study trees (Chapter 6). Although many species readily used the epiphytes as nesting site and shelter, they seemed to be highly opportunistic with respect to their host plants. Likewise, the species richness and abundance of beetles, as well as their guild composition were entirely unaffected by the presence of epiphytes in the study trees (Chapter 7). Focusing on herbivorous beetles did not alter these results. Spiders, however, were strongly influenced by the epiphyte assemblages of the host trees (Chapter 8). Overall spider abundance and species richness did not differ among trees, but particular families and guilds exhibited marked differences in abundance between the tree categories. Most remarkable were the substantial differences in spider species composition across trees with different epiphyte assemblages. Conclusion Thus, the prevalent notion that epiphytes positively influence arthropod diversity in tropical canopies seems justified, but not without reservation. Whether an influence of epiphytes on the fauna was discernible depended greatly on (1) the scale of the investigated system: clear faunal distinctions at the microhabitat level were absent or much more subtle at the level of tree crowns. (2) the focal taxa: different arthropod orders allowed for completely different statements concerning the importance of epiphytes for canopy fauna. I therefore recommend a multitaxon approach for the investigation of large-scale ecological questions. In conclusion, I resume that epiphytes are associated with a species-specific inhabiting fauna,and that epiphytes impose an influence on certain, but not all, taxa even at the level of entire tree crowns. Although I could only hypothesize about the potential causes for this influence, this study provided the first comprehensive investigation of the role of epiphytes in determining arthropod abundance and diversity in tropical tree crowns.},
  subject      = {Tropischer Regenwald},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Spohn1999,
  author    = {Spohn, Gunther},
  title     = {The transcriptional control of virulence gene expression in Helicobacter pylori},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-2334},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {1999},
  abstract  = {The Gram-negative, spiral-shaped, microaerophilic bacterium Helicobacter pylori is the causative agent of various disorders of the upper gastrointestinal tract, such as chronic superficial gastritis, chronic active gastritis, peptic ulceration and adenocarcinoma. Although many of the bacterial factors associated with disease development have been analysed in some detail in the recent years, very few studies have focused so far on the mechanisms that regulate expression of these factors at the molecular level. In an attempt to obtain an overview of the basic mechanisms of virulence gene expression in H. pylori, three important virulence factors of this pathogen, representative of different pathogenic mechanisms and different phases of the infectious process, are investigated in detail in the present thesis regarding their transcriptional regulation. As an essential factor for the early phase of infection, including the colonisation of the gastric mucosa, the flagella are analysed; the chaperones including the putative adhesion factors GroEL and DnaK are investigated as representatives of the phase of adherence to the gastric epithelium and persistence in the mucus layer; and finally the cytotoxin associated antigen CagA is analysed as representative of the cag pathogenicity island, which is supposed to account for the phenomena of chronic inflammation and tissue damage observed in the later phases of infection. RNA analyses and in vitro transcription demonstrate that a single promoter regulates expression of cagA, while two promoters are responsible for expression of the upstream divergently transcribed cagB gene. All three promoters are shown to be recognised by RNA polymerase containing the vegetative sigma factor sigma 80. Promoter deletion analyses establish that full activation of the cagA promoter requires sequences up to -70 and binding of the C-terminal portion of the alpha subunit of RNA polymerase to an UP-like element located between -40 and -60, while full activation of the major cagB promoter requires sequences upstream of -96 which overlap with the cagA promoter. These data suggest that the promoters of the pathogenicity island represent a class of minimum promoters, that ensure a basic level of transcription, while full activation requires regulatory elements or structural DNA binding proteins that provide a suitable DNA context. Regarding flagellar biosynthesis, a master transcriptional factor is identified that regulates expression of a series of flagellar basal body and hook genes in concert with the alternative sigma factor sigma 54. Evidence is provided that this regulator, designated FlgR (for flagellar regulatory protein), is necessary for motility and transcription of five promoters for seven basal body and hook genes. In addition, FlgR is shown to act as a repressor of transcription of the sigma 28-regulated promoter of the flaA gene, while changes in DNA topology are shown to affect transcription of the sigma 54-regulated flaB promoter. These data indicate that the regulatory network that governs flagellar gene expression in H. pylori shows similarities to the systems of both Salmonella spp. and Caulobacter crescentus. In contrast to the flagellar genes which are regulated by three different sigma factors, the three operons encoding the major chaperones of H. pylori are shown to be transcribed by RNA polymerase containing the vegetative sigma factor sigma 80. Expression of these operons is shown to be regulated negatively by the transcriptional repressor HspR, a homologue of a repressor protein of Streptomyces spp., known to be involved in negative regulation of heat shock genes. In vitro studies with purified recombinant HspR establish that the protein represses transcription by binding to large DNA regions centered around the transcription initiation site in the case of one promoter, and around -85 and -120 in the case of the the other two promoters. In contrast to the situation in Streptomyces, where transcription of HspR-regulated genes is induced in response to heat shock, transcription of the HspR-dependent genes in H. pylori is not inducible with thermal stimuli. Transcription of two of the three chaperone encoding operons is induced by osmotic shock, while transcription of the third operon, although HspR-dependent, is not affected by salt treatment. Taken together, the analyses carried out indicate that H. pylori has reduced its repertoire of specific regulatory proteins to a basic level that may ensure coordinate regulation of those factors that are necessary during the initial phase of infection including the passage through the gastric lumen and the colonisation of the gastric mucosa. The importance of DNA topology and/or context for transcription of many virulence gene promoters may on the other hand indicate, that a sophisticated global regulatory network is present in H. pylori, which influences transcription of specific subsets of virulence genes in response to changes in the microenvironment.},
  subject      = {Helicobacter-pylori-Infektion},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Spaethe2001,
  author    = {Spaethe, Johannes},
  title     = {Sensory Ecology of Foraging in Bumblebees},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-1179692},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2001},
  abstract  = {Pollinating insects exhibit a complex behavior while foraging for nectar and pollen. Many studies have focused on ultimate mechanisms of this behavior, however, the sensory-perceptual processes that constrain such behavior have rarely been considered. In the present study I used bumblebees (Bombus terrestris), an important pollinating insect, to investigate possible sensory constraints on foraging behavior. Additionally, I survey inter-individual variation in the sensory capabilities and behavior of bumblebees caused by the pronounced size polymorphism among members of a single colony. In the first chapter I have focused on the sensory-perceptual processes that constrain the search for flowers. I measured search time for artificial flowers of various sizes and colors, a key variable defining the value of a prey type in optimal foraging theory. When flowers were large, search times correlate well with the color contrast of the targets with their green foliage-type background, as predicted by a model of color opponent coding using inputs from the bee's UV, blue, and green receptors. Targets which made poor color contrast with their backdrop, such as white, UV-reflecting ones, or red flowers, take longest to detect, even though brightness contrast with the background is pronounced. When searching for small targets, bumblebees change their strategy in several ways. They fly significantly slower and closer to the ground, so increasing the minimum detectable area subtended by an object on the ground. In addition they use a different neuronal channel for flower detection: instead of color contrast, they now employ only the green receptor signal for detection. I related these findings to temporal and spatial limitations of different neuronal channels involved in stimulus detection and recognition. Bumblebees do not only possess species-specific sensory capacities but they also exhibit inter-individual differences due to size. Therefore, in the next two chapters I have examined size-related effects on the visual and olfactory system of Bombus terrestris. Chapter two deals with the effect of scaling on eye architecture and spatial resolving power of workers. Foraging efficiency in bees is strongly affected by proficiency of detecting flowers. Both floral display size and bee spatial vision limit flower detection. In chapter one I have shown that search times for flowers strongly increases with decreasing floral display size. The second factor, bee spatial vision, is mainly limited by two properties of compound eyes: (a) the interommatidial angle {\c{C}}{\aa} and (b) the ommatidial acceptance angle {\c{C}}{\´a}. When a pollinator strives to increase the resolving power of its eyes, it is forced to increase both features simultaneously. Bumblebees show a large variation in body size. I found that larger workers with larger eyes possess more ommatidia and larger facet diameters. Large workers with twice the size of small workers (thorax width) have about 50 per cent more ommatidia, and a 1.5 fold enlarged facet diameter. In a behavioral test, large and small workers were trained to detect the presence of a colored stimulus in a Y-maze apparatus. The stimulus was associated with a sucrose reward and was presented in one arm, the other arm contained neither stimulus nor reward. The minimum visual angle a bee is able to detect was estimated by testing the bee at different stimuli sizes subtending angles between 30° and 3° on the bee's eye. Minimum visual detection angles range from 3.4° to 7.0° among tested workers. Larger bumblebees are able to detect objects subtending smaller visual angles, i.e. they are able to detect smaller objects than their small conspecifics. Thus morphological and behavioral findings indicate an improved visual system in larger bees. Beside vision, olfaction is the most important sensory modality while foraging in bees. Bumblebees utilize species-specific odors for detecting and identifying nectar and pollen rich flowers. In chapter three I have investigated the olfactory system of Bombus terrestris and the effect of scaling on antennal olfactory sensilla and the first olfactory neuropil in the bumblebee brain, the antennal lobes. I found that the pronounced size polymorphism exhibited by bumblebees also effects their olfactory system. Sensilla number (I measured the most common olfactory sensilla type, s. placodea), sensilla density, volume of antennal lobe neuropil and volume of single identified glomeruli correlate significantly with worker's size. The enlarged volume of the first olfactory neuropil in large individuals is caused by an increase in glomeruli volume and coarse neuropil volume. Additionally, beside an overall increase of brain volume with scaling I found that the olfactory neuropil increases disproportionately compared to a higher order neuropil, the central body. The data predict a higher odor sensitivity in larger bumblebee workers. In the last chapter I have addressed the question if scaling alters foraging behavior and rate in freely foraging bumblebees. I observed two freely foraging B. terrestris colonies and measured i) trip number, ii) trip time, iii) proportion of nectar trips, and iv) nectar foraging rate of different sized foragers. In all observation periods large foragers exhibit a significantly higher foraging rate than small foragers. None of the other three foraging parameters is affected by workers' size. Thus, large foragers contribute disproportionately more to the current nectar influx of their colony. To summarize, this study shows that understanding the mechanisms of visual information processing and additionally comprising inter-individual differences of sensory capabilities is crucial to interpret foraging behavior of bees.},
  subject      = {Hummeln},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{SoutoCarneiro2000,
  author    = {Souto-Carneiro, Maria Margarida},
  title     = {Molecular and functional analyses of human synovial B-lymphocytes in rheumatoid arthritis},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-2308},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2000},
  abstract  = {B-cells of the rheumatoid synovial tissue are a constant part of and, in some histopathological subtypes, the dominant population of the inflammatory infiltrate, located in the region of tissue destruction. The pattern of B-cell distribution and the relationship to the corresponding antigen-presenting cells (follicular dendritic reticulum cells: FDCs) show a great variety. B-cells may exhibit (i) a follicular organization forming secondary follicles; (ii) follicle-like patterns with irregularly formed FDC networks, and (iii) a diffuse pattern of isolated FDCs. Molecular analysis of immunoglobulin VH and VL genes from human synovial B-cell hybridomas and synovial tissue demonstrates somatic mutations due to antigen activation. The FDC formations in the synovial tissue may therefore serve as an environment for B-cell maturation, which is involved in the generation of autoantibodies. An autoantibody is defined as "pathogenic" if it fulfills the Witebsky-Rose-Koch criteria for classical autoimmune diseases: definition of the autoantibody; induction of the disease by transfer of the autoantibody; and isolation of the autoantibody from the disease-specific lesion. B-cells from rheumatoid synovial tissue show specificity for FcIgG, type II collagen, COMP, sDNA, tetanus toxoid, mitochondrial antigens (M2), filaggrin and bacterial HSPs. The contributions of these antigens to the pathogenesis of RA are still hypothetical. A possible contribution could derive from crossreactivity and epitope mimicry: due to crossreaction, an antibody directed originally against a foreign infectious agent could react with epitopes from articular tissues, perpetuating the local inflammatory process. The characteristic distribution pattern, the localisation within the area of tissue destruction, the hypermutated IgVH and IgVL genes, and their exclusive function to recognize conformation-dependent antigens suggest a central role for B-cells in the inflammatory process of rheumatoid arthritis. Therefore, the analysis of synovial B-cell hybridomas and experimental expression of synovial IgVH and IgVL genes will help to characterise the antigens responsible for the pathogenesis of rheumatoid arthritis. In the present study 55 IgVH genes amplified from 3 different anatomical regions of a RA patient were analysed adding further information on synovial B-cell maturation and recirculation in RA. This analysis demonstrated somatically mutated IgVh genes in all different regions with amino acid deletions and mixed IgVh molecules, suggesting the existence of a novel pathway to generate (auto)antibody specificities. The comparison of amino acid sequences of amplified genes belonging to the VH1 family (with predominantly the same germline counterpart) exhibited a strong homology, indicating an apparently conserved mutational pattern. This suggests that the number of antigens activating B-cells in the different locations is restricted. The most striking result was the finding of clonally related sequences in different anatomical regions indicating a recirculation of activated B-cells between the different affected joints. Also in the present study a synovial B-cell hybridoma was analyzed for its specific recognition of cartilage antigens. A heptameric peptide of cartilage oligomeric protein (COMP) could be defined as the target structure. The IgVH-gene (IgHV4-59*01) of the IgG2l hybridoma has somatically mutated genes with high R/S values in the CDR regions (9:2). Thus, indicating that this hybridoma originates from a synovial B-cell which has been antigen activated/selected for its affinity. To analyse the presence of the clonotypic IgHV4-59*01 sequences in other cases of RA and osteoarthritis (OA) synovitis, primers specific for the CDR3 rearrangement of this hybridoma were used. The clonotypic and clone related sequences (98 per cent ± 1 per cent homology) could only be detected in synovitis of RA cases but not in OA cases indicating that this B-cell is specific to RA synovitis. The identified heptameric peptide of COMP was used in a peptide ELISA to analyse whether there is a specific binding in RA serum samples. Serum samples (IgG) from RA patients (n=22) showed a significant higher efficiency to the COMP heptamer than the OA sera (n=24) and the age matched healthy controls (n=20) (for both p<1x10-4, Students t-test). The specificity of this B-cell hybridoma may therefore be defined as RA specific. Since COMP is restricted to cartilage and tendons which are organs specifically affected in RA this COMP specific autoantibody represents the first organ specific autoantibody in RA. The IgG2 COMP specific autoantibody with somatically mutated IgVH genes is different from germline encoded, antigen clearing IgM autoantibodies and may therefore be directly involved as an "arthritogenic autoantibody" in cartilage and tendons destruction by complement activation.},
  subject      = {Rheumatoide Arthritis},
  language  = {en}
}
@phdthesis{Bluem2001,
  author    = {Bl{\"u}m, Martina},
  title     = {Reaktivation and stabilization phases of eolian deposits under climatic and anthropogenic influences in the Rolling Plains of Texas, U.S.A.},
  url       = {http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-1179360},
  school      = {Universit{\"a}t W{\"u}rzburg},
  year      = {2001},
  abstract  = {There are ample sand dune and sand sheets in the Texas Rolling Plains, U.S.A. Their varied location, morphology and paleosol content pointed to differnces in their historical develpment throughout the Holocene. Younger dunes, so called fence line dunes have been identified as remnants of unsound agricultural practices which just recently formed at the beginning of this century. Correspondingly soils were eroded, in parts, down to the C-horizon in some of these areas. More mature sand were dated with the radiocarbon method and identified having formed during the Altithermal warming period. This study identifies major eolian anthropogenic and climatic reactivation and stabilisation phases in the Rolling Plains of Texas during the Holocene, but also ties them into the existing Southern High Plains and Great Plains climatic record. This study also researched the reasons for the regional and local sand reactivation phases and contributes to the eolian history in the Great Plains region. The outline of this dissertation is oriented towards a comprehensive regional approach in cultural and physical geography. Chapter 1 covers the physiographic setting of the Rolling Plains region including geology, geomorphology, climate and vegetation. Here the prerequisites for eolian activity in the area are explained, followed by the criteria for the selection of the individual study sites. In chapter 2 selected dune fields and sand sheets are introduced. Chapter 3 outlines the methodology as a combination of field research, laboratory analysis and remote sensing techniques, along with a brief interpretation of their application and success rate. Chapter 4 investigates interactive processes between the cultural development and the physical landscape of the region. The next 4 chapters are focusing on research results and interpretation. Chapter 5 interprets the youngest eolian episodes resulting from the cultural de-velopment of the area, including a description and definition of so called "fenceline dunes" and "shinnery motts". Other dunes with very young buried horizons are also described in this chapter, and a comparison with outcrops in the Nebraska Sand Hills is performed. Chapter 6 interprets short-term, cyclic, drought related sand reactivations several hundred years ago by means of a Post Oak (Quercus stellata) tree ring record as established by STAHLE and CLEAVELAND (1988). In chapter 7 older Holocene reactivation cycles are introduced, investigating the idea of the existence of a warmer period, previously named the Altithermal, which so far has only been identified in the Southern High Plains. The last chapter (8) includes a brief statement of the study's purpose along with the summary and discussion of results presented. This chapter will end with further implications of this research.},
  subject      = {Texas <Nord>},
  language  = {en}
}